localization-docs/fedora-install-guide
4
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity

automatic update of pot/po files

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
♪ I'm a bot, bot, bot ♪ 2025-12-11 22:06:07 +00:00
commit 2b29c9b213
204 changed files with 81968 additions and 0 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

128
po/fr/f26/nav.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:2
msgid "xref:index.adoc[Installation Guide]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:3
msgid "xref:Preface.adoc[Preface]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:4
msgid "xref:Introduction.adoc[Introduction]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:5
msgid "xref:Downloading_Fedora.adoc[Downloading Fedora]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:6
msgid "Installing Fedora"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:7
msgid "xref:install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc[Preparing for Installation]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:8
msgid "xref:install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc[Booting the Installation]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:9
msgid "xref:install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc[Installing Using Anaconda]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:10
msgid "xref:install/After_Installation.adoc[After the Installation]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:11
msgid "xref:install/Troubleshooting.adoc[Troubleshooting]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:12
msgid "Advanced Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:13
msgid "xref:advanced/Boot_Options.adoc[Boot Options]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:14
msgid ""
"xref:advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc[Automating the Installation with "
"Kickstart]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:15
msgid ""
"xref:advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc[Setting Up an Installation "
"Server]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:16
msgid "xref:advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc[Installing Using VNC]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:17
msgid ""
"xref:advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc[Upgrading Your Current "
"System]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:18
msgid "Technical Appendixes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:19
msgid "xref:appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc[Kickstart Syntax Reference]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:20
msgid "xref:appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc[An Introduction to Disk Partitions]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:21
msgid "xref:appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc[Understanding LVM]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./nav.adoc:21
msgid "xref:Revision_History.adoc[Revision History]"
msgstr ""

251
po/fr/f26/pages/Downloading_Fedora.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Downloading Fedora"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:8
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Editions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:10
msgid ""
"Fedora provides three primary Editions tailored for some specific use "
"cases. link:++https://getfedora.org++[] offers Fedora Cloud for scalable "
"infrastructure, Fedora Server for organizational infrastructure, and Fedora "
"Workstation for the developer and desktop user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:12
msgid ""
"For alternative desktop environments or media built for more niche purposes, "
"check out link:++https://spins.fedoraproject.org++[Fedora Spins]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:14
msgid ""
"Each of these downloads provides a different set of default packages, but "
"you can add to your system after the initial installation to customize it "
"for your needs. The installation process is the same for all spins and "
"Editions, so you can use this guide for any choice you make."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "Which Architecture Is My Computer?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:17
msgid ""
"Most modern systems are 64{nbsp}bit x86 architecture. If your computer was "
"manufactured after 2007, or you aren't sure, you probably have a `x86_64` "
"system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:19
msgid ""
"Changing a Fedora installation from one architecture to another is not "
"supported. Use the following table to determine the architecture of your "
"computer according to the type of processor. Consult your manufacturer's "
"documentation for details on your processor, or resources such as "
"link:++http://ark.intel.com/++[] or link:++http://products.amd.com/++[], if "
"necessary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "Processor and architecture types"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|Processor manufacturer and model|Architecture type for Fedora\n"
"|some Intel Atom, Core series, Pentium 4, and recent vintage Xeon; AMD "
"Athlon, Duron, some Semprons; and older; VIA C3, C7|`i386`\n"
"|some Intel Atom, Core 2 series, Core i series and Xeon; \n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\tAMD: Athlon 64, Athlon II, Sempron64, Phenom series, Fusion "
"series, Bulldozer series and Opteron; Apple MacBook, MacBook Pro, and "
"MacBook Air|`x86_64`\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "Media Types"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Several media types are available. Choose the one that best suits your "
"requirements."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "Live Image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Live images allow you to preview Fedora before installing it. Instead of "
"booting directly into the installer, a live image loads the same environment "
"you'll get after installation. Fedora Workstation and Fedora Spins are live "
"images."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Use a live image to install your favorite system, test Fedora on new "
"hardware, troubleshoot, or share with friends."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "DVD Image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:39
msgid ""
"DVD images boot directly into the installation enviroment, and allow you to "
"choose from a variety of packages that are provided with it. In Fedora 21, "
"the DVD option is only available in the *Fedora Server* Edition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Use the Fedora Server DVD image when you want customized Fedora Server "
"installations using an offline installation source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "netinstall Image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:43
msgid ""
"The netinstall image boots directly into the installation environment, and "
"uses the online Fedora package repositories as the installation source. With "
"a netinstall image, you can select a wide variety of packages to create a "
"customized installation of Fedora."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The Fedora Server netinstall image is a universal one, and can be used to "
"install any Fedora Edition or your own set of favorite packages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "ARM images"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:47
msgid ""
"For many ARM systems, Fedora provides preconfigured filesystem images. Write "
"the image to removable media and boot directly into a Fedora installation "
"that's ready to use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:49
msgid ""
"ARM devices often require special setup procedures that aren't covered in "
"this guide. Start learning about Fedora ARM at "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Architectures/ARM++[]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "Cloud Images"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:51
msgid ""
"Fedora Cloud images are preconfigured filesystem images with very few "
"packages installed by default. They include special tools for interacting "
"with cloud platforms, and are not intended to be used outside of cloud "
"environments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Fedora Cloud comes in several varieties. The Fedora Cloud Base image is a "
"minimal base for cloud deployments. The Fedora Cloud Atomic image is a "
"Docker container host that uses "
"link:++http://www.projectatomic.io/++[Project Atomic] technology for "
"updates. A Docker base image for Fedora is also available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Cloud images are preconfigured and do not require installation as described "
"in this guide. Get started using Fedora Cloud at "
"link:++http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Cloud++[]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "Boot Images"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:57
msgid ""
"The tiny images at link:++https://boot.fedoraproject.org/++[] are written to "
"CDs, USB drives, or even floppy disks. The BFO image loads installation "
"media from Fedora's servers and directly loads an installation environment, "
"like the netinstall ISO."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Downloading_Fedora.adoc:58
msgid "BFO images work like PXE deployments, without having to set up a server."
msgstr ""

146
po/fr/f26/pages/Introduction.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:9
msgid ""
"This guide covers installation of Fedora, a Linux distribution built on free "
"and open source software. This manual helps you install Fedora on desktops, "
"laptops, and servers. The installation system is easy to use even if you "
"lack previous knowledge of Linux or computer networks. If you select default "
"options, Fedora provides a complete desktop operating system, including "
"productivity applications, Internet utilities, and desktop tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:11
msgid ""
"This document details the full range of installation options, including "
"those that apply only in limited or unusual circumstances. Understanding of "
"all topics described in this document is not necessary to successfully "
"perform the installation in most cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "About Fedora"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:19
msgid ""
"To find out more about {PRODUCT}, visit the "
"link:++http://fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Project Website]. Other "
"documentation describing additional topics related to {PRODUCT} is available "
"at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[{PRODUCT} Documentation]. Also "
"see the "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Fedora_Project_Wiki++[{PRODUCT} "
"Project Wiki]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "Getting Additional Help"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:24
msgid ""
"If you encounter any problems which are not described in documentation, you "
"might get help from members of the community - developers, users, and "
"others. There are many ways to get help: the Ask Fedora website, mailing "
"lists, forums, or IRC. For a summary of available resources, see the "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Communicating_and_getting_help++[Communicating "
"and Getting Help] page on the {PRODUCT} wiki."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "About This Document"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "Goals"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:32
msgid "This guide helps a reader:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:34
msgid "Understand how to locate the {PRODUCT} distribution online"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:36
msgid "Create configuration data that allows a computer to boot {PRODUCT}"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:38
msgid "Understand and interact with the {PRODUCT} installation program"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:40
msgid "Complete basic post-installation configuration of a {PRODUCT} system"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:45
msgid ""
"This guide does not cover *use* of {PRODUCT}. To learn how to use an "
"installed {PRODUCT} system, see the other manuals available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[Fedora Documentation]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "Target Audience"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Introduction.adoc:51
msgid ""
"This guide is intended for {PRODUCT} users of all levels of "
"experience. However, it describes the installation process and its many "
"options in far greater detail than most users are likely to require. You do "
"not need to read and understand this entire document to install {PRODUCT} on "
"a computer. This document is most likely to help experienced users perform "
"advanced and unusual installations."
msgstr ""

38
po/fr/f26/pages/Preface.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ./pages/Preface.adoc:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "Preface"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/Preface.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Preface.adoc:11
msgid ""
"Certain portions of this text first appeared in the [citetitle]_Red Hat "
"Enterprise Linux Installation Guide_, copyright © 2014 Red Hat, Inc. and "
"others, published by Red Hat at "
"link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/++[]."
msgstr ""

218
po/fr/f26/pages/Revision_History.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "Revision History"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:8
msgid ""
"Note that revision numbers relate to the edition of this manual, not to "
"version numbers of Fedora."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.4-0`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:10
msgid "Mon Jun 20 2016, Clayton Spicer (cspicer@redhat.com)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:12
msgid "Fedora 24 Final release"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:14
msgid "Added boot option [option]#inst.nosave=#"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:16
msgid "Typo fixes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.3-0`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:18
msgid "Mon Nov 02 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:20
msgid "Fedora 23 Final release"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:22
msgid "Kickstart commands and boot options updated for F23"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:24
msgid "Many typo fixes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.2-0`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:26
msgid "Mon May 25 2015, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.cogm)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:28
msgid "Fedora 22 Final release"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:30
msgid ""
"References to [application]*Yum* replaced with [application]*DNF* (the new "
"default package manager)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Updates in boot options: [option]#inst.dnf# replaced with "
"[option]#inst.nodnf#, added [option]#inst.kdump_addon=#"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Updates in Kickstart: [command]#%anaconda#, [command]#%addon#, "
"[command]#sshkey#, [command]#pwpolicy#"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:36
msgid "Added the `Kdump` screen to the GUI docs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.1-2`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:38
msgid "Sun Dec 21 2014, Zach Oglesby (zach@oglesby.co)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:40
msgid "Fixed Windows checksum steps, BZ#1175759"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.1-1`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:42
msgid "Mon Dec 15 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Fixes in Boot Options: inst.headless is deprecated, inst.askmethod moved "
"from removed to Installation Source"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:46
msgid "Parts of the network boot setup chapter have been updated with correct URLs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:48
msgid ""
"Updates in Recommended Partitioning Scheme and Advice on Partitions in the "
"Manual Partitioning section of the installation chapter"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.1-0`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:50
msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:52
msgid "Publishing for Fedora 21"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.0-1`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:54
msgid "Mon Dec 8 2014, Pete Travis (immanetize@fedoraproject.org)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:56
msgid "added info on media types"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:57
#, no-wrap
msgid "`1.0-0`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:58
msgid "Tue Dec 17 2013, Petr Bokoč (pbokoc@redhat.com)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/Revision_History.adoc:59
msgid "Publishing for Fedora 20"
msgstr ""

28
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/Author_Group.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:2
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Documentation Project"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Author_Group.adoc:4
msgid "{blank}"
msgstr ""

82
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/Feedback.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:4
#, no-wrap
msgid "We want feedback"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:7
msgid ""
"indexterm:[feedback,contact information for this manual] If you find errors "
"or have suggestions for improvement, we want your advice. Submit a report in "
"Bugzilla against the product `{PRODUCT}` and the component `{BOOKID}`. The "
"following link automatically loads this information for you: {BZURL}."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:9
msgid "In Bugzilla:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:11
msgid ""
"Provide a short summary of the error or your suggestion in the `Summary` "
"field."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:13
msgid ""
"Copy the following template into the `Description` field and give us the "
"details of the error or suggestion as specifically as you can. If possible, "
"include some surrounding text so we know where the error occurs or the "
"suggestion fits."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Document URL:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "Section number and name:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "Error or suggestion:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "Additional information:\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Feedback.adoc:26
msgid "Click the btn:[Submit Bug] button."
msgstr ""

93
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:5
msgid "Copyright {YEAR} {HOLDER}."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:7
msgid ""
"The text of and illustrations in this document are licensed by Red Hat under "
"a Creative Commons Attribution–Share Alike 3.0 Unported license "
"(\"CC-BY-SA\"). An explanation of CC-BY-SA is available at "
"link:++http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/++[]. The original "
"authors of this document, and Red Hat, designate the Fedora Project as the "
"\"Attribution Party\" for purposes of CC-BY-SA. In accordance with CC-BY-SA, "
"if you distribute this document or an adaptation of it, you must provide the "
"URL for the original version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:9
msgid ""
"Red Hat, as the licensor of this document, waives the right to enforce, and "
"agrees not to assert, Section 4d of CC-BY-SA to the fullest extent permitted "
"by applicable law."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:11
msgid ""
"Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, MetaMatrix, "
"Fedora, the Infinity Logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., "
"registered in the United States and other countries."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:13
msgid ""
"For guidelines on the permitted uses of the Fedora trademarks, refer to "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Legal:Trademark_guidelines++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*Linux* (R) is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United "
"States and other countries.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "*Java* (R) is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*XFS* (R) is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its "
"subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*MySQL* (R) is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the "
"European Union and other countries.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/Legal_Notice.adoc:22
msgid "All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners."
msgstr ""

18
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/entities.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

253
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manual Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Manual Partitioning` screen allows you to create a storage "
"configuration for your {PRODUCT} system manually, giving you a greater "
"control over your system's storage."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:10
msgid ""
"In most other installers for both Linux and other operating systems, disk "
"partitioning usually takes a \"bottom-up\" approach. In these installers, "
"you first create underlying devices such as LVM physical volumes, then you "
"create a layout such as LVM on top of them, then you create file systems on "
"top of logical volumes, and the last step is usually assigning a mount point "
"to each volume as needed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:12
msgid ""
"[application]*Anaconda* uses an opposite approach. First, you create all "
"separate mount points you need, and everything needed to create them "
"(creating a volume group, logical volumes inside it, and physical volumes "
"where the volume group will reside) is performed automatically. You can then "
"adjust the automatic settings as you require."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:17
msgid ""
"No permanent changes will be made to your disks during the actual "
"partitioning process. The configuration you have selected will only be "
"written to your system after you press the `Begin installation` button in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen. At this point"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"When you first open the `Manual Partitioning` screen, the column on the left "
"side will display all previously existing partitions on all drives which you "
"selected as installation targers in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]. If none of the selected drives contain any existing "
"partitions, then a message informing you that no mount points currently "
"exist will appear."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"Here, you can choose a partitioning scheme such as `LVM` or `BTRFS` and "
"click the `Click here to create them automatically` to prompt the installer "
"to create a basic partitioning layout; this layout follows the guidelines "
"described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme]. The created layout is a basic layout where "
"partition/volume sizes are determined automatically based on the total "
"amount of available space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Click the `+` button to add a mount point. In the dialog window that opens, "
"choose a mount point such as `/` or `/home`, and the desired capacity for "
"the mount point (such as `10GB` or `500MB`). Note that specifying the mount "
"point is mandatory, but you do not have to specify the capacity at this "
"point; this is useful when adding a mount point which you want to make "
"larger than the current available space permits. Then, click `Add mount "
"point` to add it to the list using the default settings, which means it will "
"be created as a logical volume, and a new volume group will be created for "
"it unless one already exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Then, select the newly created mount point in the list on the left side. A "
"set of controls will display on the right side of the screen, allowing you "
"to change its mount point, the device on which it will physically reside, "
"its capacity, file system, etc. When you change any settings, press `Update "
"Settings` on the bottom right. This will save the adjusted configuration; "
"you can now create another mount point, or select a different existing one "
"and adjust its settings as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:36
msgid ""
"For a description of available device and file system types, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "
"File System and RAID Types]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:40
msgid ""
"To remove a mount point, select it in the list and press the `-` button "
"below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:42
msgid ""
"The exact steps for configuring your storage depend on your specific needs "
"and your system configuration. Procedures for creating specific layouts are "
"described further in this chapter. Before you start, you should also review "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] and "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice "
"on Partitions] for a list of requirements and tips for partitioning your "
"disks for {PRODUCT}."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Below the list of existing mount points are two fields, showing you how much "
"free space is left on your storage devices and how much total space they "
"have."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Click the `pass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ storage devices selected` to view a "
"summary of currently selected storage devices; this may help you with "
"orientation in more complicated storage schemas. Devices displayed here are "
"the ones you have selected in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]. If you want to add or remove any storage devices from your "
"configuration, return to that screen and change your selection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:48
msgid ""
"You can press the `Reset All` button in the bottom right corner at any time "
"to reset the storage configuration to the state it was in when you last "
"opened the `Manual Partitioning` screen. This means that if you modify the "
"storage configuration, leave the screen, and then come back, the Reset "
"button will reset the configuration back to the already modified state, "
"discarding only the changes you have made recently, not all changes to the "
"storage configuration since you booted the installer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:50
msgid ""
"To discard all changes, and to also detect any new drives which have not "
"been detected when the installer started (usually when you attached a new "
"drive after you started), press the button marked by a circular arrow in the "
"set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the "
"screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until "
"the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in "
"the `Local Standard Disks` section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "Rescan Disks"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Rescan Disks dialog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_RescanDisks.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:56
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring your system storage, press `Done` in the top "
"left corner to save the configuration and return to the `Installation "
"Summary` screen. At this point, the installer will check if your storage "
"configuration is valid. If an error was detected, a message will be "
"displayed at the bottom of the screen. Click the message to open a dialog "
"window explaining what kind of error has been detected (for example, you put "
"`/boot` on a Btrfs subvolume, or you did not create a BIOS Boot partition "
"when your system requires one)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:58
msgid ""
"If such a message is displayed, go back and fix any issues found by the "
"installer; otherwise you will not be able to proceed with the "
"installation. You can also press `Done` again to return to the `Installation "
"Summary` anyway, but a storage configuration error will prevent you from "
"starting the actual installation process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke.adoc:60
msgid ""
"If no error message is displayed and if you made any changes since the last "
"time you have visited this screen, a summary dialog will appear, displaying "
"a detailed list of the changes you made. Review the list and click `Accept "
"Changes` to proceed with "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary], or click `Cancel & Return to Custom Partitioning` if you want to "
"make any more changes."
msgstr ""

214
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:6
msgid "====== Creating a Btrfs Layout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:8
msgid ""
"_Btrfs_ is a type of file system, but it has several features characteristic "
"of a storage device. It is designed to make the file system tolerant of "
"errors, and to facilitate the detection and repair of errors when they "
"occur. It uses checksums to ensure the validity of data and metadata, and "
"maintains snapshots of the file system that can be used for backup or "
"repair."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:10
msgid ""
"Creating a Btrfs layout is somewhat similar to LVM (described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "
"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]) with slightly different "
"terminology. A Btrfs _volume_ is the equivalent of an LVM volume group, and "
"a Btrfs _subvolume_ is similar to a LVM logical volume. An important "
"difference to note is how [application]*Anaconda* reports sizes for separate "
"mount points: For LVM, the exact size of each logical volume is shown next "
"to each mount point in the left pane, while with Btrfs, the total size of "
"the entire volume is shown next to each subvolume."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:15
msgid ""
"Some partition types - notably the `/boot` and `/usr` directories and the "
"BIOS Boot and EFI partitions - can not be placed on Btrfs subvolumes. Use "
"standard physical volumes for them (or an LVM logical volume for "
"`/usr`). See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create Btrfs Subvolume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:23
msgid "Follow the procedure below to create Btrfs volumes and subvolumes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating Btrfs Subvolumes and Volumes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
"points. A new dialog window will open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:28
msgid ""
"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "
"a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
"the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "
"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the "
"main partitioning screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:33
msgid ""
"When creating a mount point for swap on Btrfs, specify the mount point as "
"`swap`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:37
msgid ""
"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "
"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "
"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a Btrfs "
"subvolume by changing the `Device Type` option to `Btrfs`. Then, click "
"`Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:39
msgid ""
"In the `Volume` menu, you can see that the subvolume has been assigned to an "
"automatically created volume, which is named after the {PRODUCT} variant you "
"are installing (for example, `fedora-server00`. Click the `Modify` button "
"under the drop-down menu to access the volume settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:41
msgid ""
"In the `Configure Volume` dialog, you can change the volume's name, its "
"`RAID level` (see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "
"File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and "
"you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume should "
"reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this "
"volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:46
msgid ""
"If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the "
"volume will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume with "
"RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:50
msgid ""
"You can also make sure that the volume is encrypted by selecting the "
"`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire "
"volume. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk "
"encryption."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:52
msgid ""
"Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume by selecting the "
"`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the "
"volume group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:54
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring the Btrfs volume settings, click `Save` to "
"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:56
msgid ""
"If you need to create more than one Btrfs volume, open the `Volume` "
"drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new "
"dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous "
"step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level "
"and size policy for the new volume, and click `Save`. The new volume will "
"then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can then go "
"through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign them to "
"a different volume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:58
msgid ""
"Configure other settings specific to the subvolume - its `Mount Point`, "
"`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to "
"apply any changes to the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:60
msgid ""
"Repeat this procedure for any additional Btrfs subvolumes you want to "
"create. Note that when creating additional subvolumes, a new volume is not "
"automatically created each time; instead, any additional subvolumes are "
"assigned to an existing volume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddBtrfs.adoc:61
msgid ""
"For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it "
"is assigned to the correct volume, that it has sufficient capacity, and that "
"it has a descriptive name so you can identify the subvolume later if you "
"need to."
msgstr ""

221
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:6
msgid "====== Creating a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:8
msgid ""
"_Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) presents a simple logical view of "
"underlying physical storage space, such as hard drives or LUNs. Partitions "
"on physical storage are represented as _physical volumes_ that can be "
"grouped together into _volume groups_. Each volume group can be divided into "
"multiple _logical volumes_, each of which is analogous to a standard disk "
"partition. Therefore, LVM logical volumes function as partitions which can "
"span multiple physical disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:10
msgid ""
"See "
"xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding "
"LVM] for additional information about the concepts behind Logical Volume "
"Management."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:15
msgid ""
"Some partition types - notably the `/boot` directory and the BIOS Boot and "
"EFI partitions - can not be placed on logical volumes. Use standard physical "
"volumes for them. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create LVM Logical Volume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:23
msgid "Follow the procedure below to create LVM logical volumes and volume groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating LVM Logical Volumes and Groups"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
"points. A new dialog window will open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:28
msgid ""
"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "
"a separate logical volume - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
"the volume using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "
"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the volume and return to the "
"main partitioning screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:33
msgid ""
"When creating a mount point for swap on LVM, specify the mount point as "
"`swap`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:37
msgid ""
"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "
"it has been created as an LVM logical volume, and a volume group has been "
"created to contain it. Select the newly created mount point in the left pane "
"to configure it further. If you want to use thin provisioning for this "
"volume, change the `Device Type` option to `LVM Thin Provisioning`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:39
msgid ""
"In the `Volume Group` menu, you can see that the volume has been assigned to "
"an automatically created volume group, which is named after the {PRODUCT} "
"variant you are installing (for example, `fedora-server`. Click the `Modify` "
"button under the drop-down menu to access the volume group settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:41
msgid ""
"In the `Configure Volume Group` dialog, you can change the volume group's "
"name, its `RAID level` (see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "
"File System and RAID Types] for information about available RAID types), and "
"you can also specify which physical devices (disks) this volume group should "
"reside on. You can select one or more disks which will be used to hold this "
"volume group by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and clicking each disk in the list."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:46
msgid ""
"If you select a redundant RAID type (such as `RAID1 (Redundancy)`), the "
"volume group will take up twice its actual size on your disks. A 5 GB volume "
"group with RAID1 will take up 10 GB of space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:50
msgid ""
"You can also make sure that the volume group is encrypted by selecting the "
"`Encrypt` option; this will enable LUKS encryption for the entire volume "
"group. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for information about LUKS disk "
"encryption."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:52
msgid ""
"Additionally, you can set a fixed size for the volume group by selecting the "
"`Fixed` option from the `Size policy` menu and entering a size for the "
"volume group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:54
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring the volume group settings, click `Save` to "
"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:59
msgid ""
"The configuration dialog does not allow you to specify the size of the "
"volume group's _physical extents_. The size will always be set to the "
"default value of 4 MiB. If you want to create a volume group with different "
"physical extents, create it manually by switching to an interactive shell "
"and using the [command]#vgcreate# command, or use a Kickstart file with the "
"[command]#volgroup "
"--pesize=pass:attributes[{blank}]_size_pass:attributes[{blank}]# command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:63
msgid ""
"If you need to create more than one volume group, open the `Volume Group` "
"drop-down menu and select the `Create a new volume group` option. A new "
"dialog window will open, identical to the one described in the previous "
"step. Again, select a name, storage devices, encryption settings, RAID level "
"and size policy for the new group, and click `Save`. The new volume group "
"will then become available in the `Volume Group` drop-down menu; you can "
"then go through your existing mount points and change this setting to assign "
"them to a different volume group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:65
msgid ""
"Configure other settings specific to the logical volume - its `Mount Point`, "
"`Desired Capacity`, `File System`, and `Name`. Press `Update Settings` to "
"apply any changes to the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:67
msgid ""
"Repeat this procedure for any additional logical volumes you want to "
"create. Note that when creating additional LVM logical volumes, a new volume "
"group is not automatically created each time; instead, any additional "
"volumes are assigned to an existing group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddLVM.adoc:68
msgid ""
"For each mount point you create, review its settings and make sure that it "
"is assigned to the correct group, that it has sufficient capacity, and that "
"it has a descriptive name so you can identify the volume later if you need "
"to."
msgstr ""

160
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:6
msgid "====== Creating Standard Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:8
msgid ""
"_Standard partitions_ are the most common type of partition, with the widest "
"support across operating systems. For example, Microsoft Windows uses "
"exclusively physical partitions and can not natively work with LVM or "
"Btrfs. Most {PRODUCT} partitioning setups will also require at least one "
"standard partition for the `/boot` directory, and possibly also another "
"standard partition with the BIOS Boot or EFI System file system to store the "
"boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:10
msgid ""
"See xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An "
"Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the "
"concepts behind physical partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create Standard Partition"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:16
msgid ""
"Follow the procedure below to create mount points on standard physical "
"partitions:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating Standard Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:19
msgid ""
"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
"points. A new dialog window will open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:21
msgid ""
"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "
"a separate mount point - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a size for "
"the partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for example, "
"`50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and return to "
"the main partitioning screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:26
msgid ""
"When creating a swap partition, specify the mount point as `swap`. For a "
"BIOS Boot partition, use `biosboot`. For an EFI System Partition, use "
"`/boot/efi`."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:28
msgid ""
"For information about these partition types, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "
"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "
"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a physical "
"partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `Standard "
"Partition`. Then, click `Update Settings` in the bottom right corner of the "
"screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:34
msgid ""
"In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that "
"the partition has been assigned to one or more hard drives. Click the "
"`Modify` button to configure on which drive this partition will be created."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:36
msgid ""
"In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical "
"devices (disks) this volume *may* reside on. You can select one or more "
"disks which will be used to hold this volume by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] and "
"clicking each disk in the list. If you select multiple disks here, "
"[application]*Anaconda* will determine where exactly the partition should be "
"created based on how you configured the rest of the installation. If you "
"want to make sure that this partition is placed on a specific hard drive, "
"select only that drive and unselect all others."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:38
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to "
"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, "
"`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any "
"changes to the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_AddPhysical.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions you want to "
"create."
msgstr ""

280
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:6
msgid "====== Device, File System and RAID Types"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:8
msgid ""
"{PRODUCT} supports multiple types of devices and file systems. The lists "
"below offer a short description of each available device, file system and "
"RAID type and notes on their usage."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:10
msgid ""
"To select a device type or a file system of a partition or a logical volume, "
"select it in the list in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "
"Partitioning] and select a `Device Type` and a `File System` from their "
"respective drop-down menus on the right side of the screen. Then, click "
"`Update Settings` and repeat this process for all mount points you want to "
"modify."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:12
msgid ""
"To configure software RAID, make sure that you have enough physical hard "
"drives selected as installation targets (the number of separate drives "
"required for each type of RAID is noted in its description). Then, choose a "
"RAID level when creating or modifying a Btrfs volume or LVM volume group, or "
"select `Software RAID` as the device type to create software RAID with "
"standard partitions. For detailed instructions, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "
"a Btrfs Layout], "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "
"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout], and "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating "
"Software RAID] as needed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "Device Types"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:16
msgid ""
"`Standard Partition` - A standard partition can contain a file system or "
"swap space. Standard partitions are most commonly used for `/boot` and the "
"BIOS Boot and EFI System partitions. LVM logical volumes or Btrfs subvolumes "
"are recommended for most other uses. See "
"xref:../appendixes/Disk_Partitions.adoc#appe-disk-partitions-overview[An "
"Introduction to Disk Partitions] for additional information about the "
"concepts behind physical partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:18
msgid ""
"`LVM` - Choosing `LVM` as the `Device Type` creates an LVM logical volume "
"and a volume group to contain it (unless one already exists, in which case "
"the new volume is assigned to the existing group). LVM can improve "
"performance when using physical disks and allows you to use multiple disks "
"for a single mount point. For information on how to create a logical volume, "
"see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "
"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout]. Also see "
"xref:../appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc#appe-lvm-overview[Understanding "
"LVM] for some additional information about LVM in general."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:20
msgid ""
"`LVM Thin Provisioning` - Using thin provisioning, you can manage a storage "
"pool of free space, known as a _thin pool_, which can be allocated to an "
"arbitrary number of devices when needed by applications. The thin pool can "
"be expanded dynamically when needed for cost-effective allocation of storage "
"space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:22
msgid ""
"`RAID` - Creating two or more software RAID partitions allows you to create "
"a software RAID device. One RAID partition is assigned to each disk on the "
"system. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-swraid[Creating "
"Software RAID] for instructions on creating software RAID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:24
msgid ""
"`BTRFS` - Btrfs is a file system with several device-like features. It is "
"capable of addressing and managing more files, larger files, and larger "
"volumes than the ext2, ext3, and ext4 file systems. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "
"a Btrfs Layout] for more information about creating Btrfs volumes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "File Systems"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:28
msgid ""
"`ext4` - The ext4 file system is based on the ext3 file system and features "
"a number of improvements. These include support for larger file systems and "
"larger files, faster and more efficient allocation of disk space, no limit "
"on the number of subdirectories within a directory, faster file system "
"checking, and more robust journaling. Ext4 is the default and recommended "
"file system used by {PRODUCT} Workstation and Cloud. The maximum supported "
"size of a single ext4 file system is 50 TB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:30
msgid ""
"`ext3` - The ext3 file system is based on the ext2 file system and has one "
"main advantage - journaling. Using a journaling file system reduces time "
"spent recovering a file system after a crash, as there is no need to check "
"the file system for metadata consistency by running the [command]#fsck# "
"utility every time a crash occurs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:32
msgid ""
"`ext2` - An ext2 file system supports standard Unix file types, including "
"regular files, directories, or symbolic links. It provides the ability to "
"assign long file names, up to 255 characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:34
msgid ""
"`swap` - Swap partitions are used to support virtual memory. In other words, "
"data is written to a swap partition when there is not enough RAM to store "
"the data your system is processing. A swap partition should always be "
"created; see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for details such as the recommended size."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:36
msgid ""
"`xfs` - XFS is a highly scalable, high-performance file system that supports "
"file systems up to 16 exabytes (approximately 16 million terabytes), files "
"up to 8 exabytes (approximately 8 million terabytes), and directory "
"structures containing tens of millions of entries. XFS also supports "
"metadata journaling, which facilitates quicker crash recovery. The maximum "
"supported size of a single XFS file system is 500 TB. Starting with "
"{PRODUCT}{nbsp}22, XFS is the default and recommended file system on "
"{PRODUCT} Server."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Note that the size of an XFS file system can not currently be reduced "
"without destroying and recreating the file system. If you expect that you "
"will need to adjust the sizes of your file systems often, using XFS is not "
"recommended, as it makes administration substantially more time-consuming."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:45
msgid ""
"`vfat` - The VFAT file system is a Linux file system that is compatible with "
"Microsoft Windows long file names on the FAT file system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:47
msgid ""
"`BIOS Boot` - A very small partition required for booting from a device with "
"a GUID partition table (GPT) on BIOS systems and UEFI systems in BIOS "
"compatibility mode. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:49
msgid ""
"`EFI System Partition` - A small partition required for booting a device "
"with a GUID partition table (GPT) on a UEFI system. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "Software RAID Types"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:53
msgid ""
"`RAID0 (Performance)` - Distributes data across multiple disks. Level 0 RAID "
"offers increased performance over standard partitions and can be used to "
"pool the storage of multiple disks into one large virtual device. Note that "
"Level 0 RAIDs offer no redundancy and that the failure of one device in the "
"array destroys data in the entire array. RAID 0 requires at least two disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:55
msgid ""
"`RAID1 (Redundancy)` - Mirrors all data from one partition onto one or more "
"other disks. Additional devices in the array provide increasing levels of "
"redundancy. RAID 1 requires at least two disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:57
msgid ""
"`RAID4 (Error Checking)` - Distributes data across multiple disks and uses "
"one disk in the array to store parity information which safeguards the array "
"in case any disk within the array fails. Because all parity information is "
"stored on one disk, access to this disk creates a \"bottleneck\" in the "
"array's performance. Level 4 RAID requires at least three disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:59
msgid ""
"`RAID5 (Distributed Error Checking)` - Distributes data and parity "
"information across multiple disks. Level 5 RAIDs therefore offer the "
"performance advantages of distributing data across multiple disks, but do "
"not share the performance bottleneck of level 4 RAIDs because the parity "
"information is also distributed through the array. RAID 5 requires at least "
"three disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:61
msgid ""
"`RAID6 (Redundant Error Checking)` - Level 6 RAIDs are similar to level 5 "
"RAIDs, but instead of storing only one set of parity data, they store two "
"sets. RAID 6 requires at least four disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_FileSystems.adoc:62
msgid ""
"`RAID10 (Performance, Redundancy)` - Level 10 RAIDs are nested RAIDs or "
"hybrid RAIDs. They are constructed by distributing data over mirrored sets "
"of disks. For example, a level 10 RAID array constructed from four RAID "
"partitions consists of two mirrored pairs of striped partitions. RAID 10 "
"requires at least four disks."
msgstr ""

178
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:6
msgid "====== Advice on Partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:8
msgid ""
"There is no best way to partition every system; the optimal setup depends on "
"how you plan to use the system being installed. However, the following tips "
"may help you find the optimal layout for your needs:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:10
msgid ""
"Consider encrypting any partitions and volumes which might contain sensitive "
"data. Encryption prevents unauthorized people from accessing the data on the "
"partitions, even if they have access to the physical storage device. In most "
"cases, you should at least encrypt the `/home` partition, which contains "
"user data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:12
msgid ""
"In some cases, creating separate mount points for directories other than "
"`/`, `/boot` and `/home` may be useful; for example, on a server running a "
"[application]*MySQL* database, having a separate mount point for "
"`/var/lib/mysql` will allow you to preserve the database during a "
"reinstallation without having to restore it from backup afterwards. However, "
"having unnecessary separate mount points will make storage administration "
"more difficult."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:14
msgid ""
"Some special restrictions apply to certain directories with regards on which "
"partitioning layouts can they be placed. Notably, the `/boot` directory must "
"always be on a physical partition (not on an LVM volume or a Btrfs "
"subvolume), and `/usr` can not be on a Btrfs subvolume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:16
msgid ""
"If you are new to Linux, consider reviewing the [citetitle]_Linux Filesystem "
"Hierarchy Standard_ at "
"link:++http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/FHS_2.3/fhs-2.3.html++[] for "
"information about various system directories and their contents."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:18
msgid ""
"Each kernel installed on your system requires approximately 20 MB on the "
"`/boot` partition. The default partition size of 500 MB for `/boot` should "
"suffice for most common uses; increase the size of this partition if you "
"plan to keep many kernels installed at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The `/var` directory holds content for a number of applications, including "
"the [application]*Apache* web server, and is used by the [application]*DNF* "
"package manager to temporarily store downloaded package updates. Make sure "
"that the partition or volume containing `/var` has at least 3 GB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:22
msgid ""
"The contents of the `/var` directory usually change very often. This may "
"cause problems with older solid state drives (SSDs), as they can handle a "
"lower number of read/write cycles before becoming unusable. If your system "
"root is on an SSD, consider creating a separate mount point for `/var` on a "
"classic (platter) HDD."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:24
msgid ""
"The `/usr` directory holds the majority of software on a typical {PRODUCT} "
"installation. The partition or volume containing this directory should "
"therefore be at least 5 GB for minimal installations, and at least 10 GB for "
"installations with a graphical environment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:26
msgid ""
"If `/usr` or `/var` is partitioned separately from the rest of the root "
"volume, the boot process becomes much more complex because these directories "
"contain boot-critical components. In some situations, such as when these "
"directories are placed on an iSCSI drive or an FCoE location, the system may "
"either be unable to boot, or it may hang with a `Device is busy` error when "
"powering off or rebooting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:28
msgid ""
"This limitation only applies to `/usr` or `/var`, not to directories below "
"them. For example, a separate partition for `/var/www` will work without "
"issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Consider leaving a portion of the space in an LVM volume group "
"unallocated. This unallocated space gives you flexibility if your space "
"requirements change but you do not wish to remove data from other "
"volumes. You can also select the `Thin provisioning` device type for the "
"partition to have the unused space handled automatically by the volume."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:32
msgid ""
"The size of an `XFS` file system can not be reduced - if you need to make a "
"partition or volume with this file system smaller, you must back up your "
"data, destroy the file system, and create a new, smaller one in its "
"place. Therefore, if you expect needing to manipulate your partitioning "
"layout later, you should use the `ext4` file system instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:34
msgid ""
"Use Logical Volume Management (LVM) if you anticipate expanding your storage "
"by adding more hard drives after the installation. With LVM, you can create "
"physical volumes on the new drives, and then assign them to any volume group "
"and logical volume as you see fit - for example, you can easily expand your "
"system's `/home` (or any other directory residing on a logical volume)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Creating a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System Partition may be necessary, "
"depending on your system's firmware, boot drive size, and boot drive disk "
"label. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for information about these partitions. Note that the "
"graphical installer will not let you create a BIOS Boot or EFI System "
"Partition if your system does *not* require one - in that case, they will be "
"hidden from the menu."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_PartitioningAdvice.adoc:37
msgid ""
"If you need to make any changes to your storage configuration after the "
"installation, {PRODUCT} repositories offer several different tools which can "
"help you do this. If you prefer a command line tool, try "
"[package]*system-storage-manager*."
msgstr ""

323
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:6
msgid "====== Recommended Partitioning Scheme"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:8
msgid "In most cases, at least the following mount points should always be created:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "`/boot` - 500 MB"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:10
msgid ""
"This partition contains the operating system kernel, which allows {PRODUCT} "
"to boot. It also contains other files used during the bootstrap process. Due "
"to the limitations of most firmware, creating a separate, small standard "
"partition for this directory is recommended. In most scenarios, a 500 MB "
"`/boot` partition is adequate."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:15
msgid ""
"If your system has a hardware RAID controller, be aware that some BIOS types "
"do not support booting from it. In that case, the `/boot` partition must be "
"created on a partition outside of the RAID array, such as on a separate hard "
"drive."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:17
msgid ""
"Also note that the `/boot` directory can not be placed on a LVM logical "
"volume or a Btrfs subvolume. Use a standard partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "`/` (root) - 10 GB"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:21
msgid ""
"This is where the root directory is located. The root directory is the top "
"level of the directory structure. By default, all files are written to this "
"partition unless a different partition is mounted in the path being written "
"to (for example, `/boot` or `/home`). If you follow the recommended scheme "
"described in this section, this will be the partition where most software "
"packages will be installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:23
msgid ""
"For a minimal installation, a 5 GB root partition will be "
"sufficient. However, for most common installations which include extra "
"packages and a graphical user interface, the root partition should be at "
"least 10 GB; with 20 GB being sufficient for most common use cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The `/` mount point is the top of the Linux Filesystem Hierarchy, and is "
"referred to as the _root file system_, or root. The `/root` directory, "
"sometimes pronounced "
"\"pass:attributes[{blank}]_slash-root_pass:attributes[{blank}]\", is the "
"home directory for the `root` user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "`/home` - at least 10 GB"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:32
msgid ""
"To store user data separately from system data, create a dedicated mount "
"point for the `/home` directory. This partition should be sized based on the "
"amount of data that will be stored locally, number of users, and so on. This "
"will allow you to upgrade or reinstall {PRODUCT} without erasing user data "
"files. During the installation, a separate `/home` partition will be created "
"if there are 50 GB or more free space for your {PRODUCT} installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:34
msgid ""
"When using {PRODUCT} as a workstation for normal use with a graphical "
"environment, this mount point should have the most disk space assigned to "
"it, as it will likely hold the most data (user settings, images, videos, "
"etc)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "swap - based on your system parameters"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Swap partitions support virtual memory; data is written to them when there "
"is not enough RAM to store the data your system is processing. This "
"partition's size is a function of system memory workload, not total system "
"memory, and therefore is not equal to the total system memory "
"size. Therefore, it is important to analyze what applications a system will "
"be running and the load those applications will serve in order to determine "
"the system memory workload. Application providers and developers should be "
"able to provide some guidance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:38
msgid ""
"When the system runs out of swap space, the kernel terminates processes as "
"the system RAM memory is exhausted. Configuring too much swap space results "
"in storage devices being allocated but idle and is a poor use of "
"resources. Too much swap space can also hide memory leaks. The maximum size "
"for a swap partition and other additional information can be found in the "
"`mkswap(8)` man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:40
msgid ""
"The table below provides the recommended size of a swap partition depending "
"on the amount of RAM in your system and whether you want sufficient memory "
"for your system to hibernate. If you let the installation program partition "
"your system automatically, the swap partition size will be established using "
"these guidelines. Automatic partitioning setup assumes hibernation is not in "
"use, and the maximum size of the swap partition is limited to 10% of the "
"total size of the hard drive. If you want to set up enough swap space to "
"allow for hibernation, or if you want to set the swap partition size to more "
"than 10% of the system's storage space, you must edit the partitioning "
"layout manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recommended System Swap Space"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|Amount of RAM in the system|Recommended swap space|Recommended swap space "
"if allowing for hibernation\n"
"|less than 2 GB|2 times the amount of RAM|3 times the amount of RAM\n"
"|2 GB - 8 GB|Equal to the amount of RAM|2 times the amount of RAM\n"
"|8 GB - 64 GB|0.5 times the amount of RAM|1.5 times the amount of RAM\n"
"|more than 64 GB|workload dependent|hibernation not recommended\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:53
msgid ""
"At the border between each range listed above (for example, a system with 2 "
"GB, 8 GB, or 64 GB of system RAM), discretion can be exercised with regard "
"to chosen swap space and hibernation support. If your system resources allow "
"for it, increasing the swap space may lead to better performance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Distributing swap space over multiple storage devices - particularly on "
"systems with fast drives, controllers and interfaces - also improves swap "
"space performance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "BIOS Boot (1 MB) or EFI System Partition (200 MB)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:57
msgid ""
"The [application]*GRUB2* boot loader can be installed either in the _Master "
"Boot Record_ (MBR) or the _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) of the boot "
"device. In order to determine which of these methods to use, the "
"installation program considers the following variations:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "Systems with BIOS firmware and UEFI systems in BIOS compatibility mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:59
msgid ""
"If the disk is already formatted, the partitioning scheme is retained. If "
"the disk is not formatted, or you have erased all existing partitions from "
"the disk, the installer will choose the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:61
msgid "MBR if the size of the disk is less than 2 TB (terabytes)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:63
msgid "GPT if the size of the disk is more than 2 TB"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:68
msgid ""
"You can force the installer to use GPT on disks smaller than 2 TB by using "
"the [option]#inst.gpt# boot option as described in "
"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#chap-anaconda-boot-options[Boot "
"Options]. However, the opposite is not possible - you can not use MBR on "
"disks larger than 2 TB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:72
msgid ""
"You need to create a _BIOS Boot_ partition with a size of 1 MB to install on "
"a system with BIOS firmware if the disk containing the boot loader uses "
"GPT. If the disk uses a MBR, no special partition is necessary on a BIOS "
"system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "Systems with UEFI firmware"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:74
msgid ""
"Only GPT is allowed on UEFI systems. In order to install on a formatted disk "
"with a MBR, it must be reformated and relabeled. All data currently on the "
"disk will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:76
msgid ""
"UEFI-based systems require an _EFI System Partition_ at least 50 MB in size "
"(recommended size is 200 MB), regardless of the partitioning scheme."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:81
msgid ""
"If your system requires either a BIOS Boot partition or an EFI System "
"Partition based on the requirements detailed above, this partition must be "
"created as a standard physical partition. It can not reside on an LVM volume "
"or a Btrfs subvolume."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Also note that if your system does not require any of these partitions, they "
"will not be shown in the `File System` menu in mount point options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Many systems have more partitions than the minimum listed above. Choose "
"partitions based on your particular needs. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-advice[Advice "
"on Partitions] for additional information and advice."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:92
msgid ""
"Only assign storage capacity to those partitions you require "
"immediately. You may allocate free space at any time, to meet needs as they "
"occur."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_RecommendedScheme.adoc:95
msgid ""
"If you are not sure how best to configure the partitions for your computer, "
"accept the automatic default partition layout provided by the installation "
"program as described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]."
msgstr ""

179
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:6
msgid "====== Creating Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:8
msgid ""
"_Redundant arrays of independent disks_ (RAIDs) are constructed from "
"multiple storage devices that are arranged to provide increased performance "
"and, in some configurations, greater fault tolerance. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "
"File System and RAID Types] a description of different kinds of RAIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:10
msgid ""
"A RAID device is created in one step, and disks are added or removed as "
"necessary. One RAID partition per physical disk is allowed for each device, "
"so the number of disks available to the installation program determines "
"which levels of RAID device are available to you. For example, if your "
"system has two hard drives, the installation program will not allow you to "
"create a RAID10 device, which requires 4 separate partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:15
msgid ""
"This section only explains how to create software RAID with standard "
"(physical) partitions. However, you can also configure LVM volume groups and "
"Btrfs volumes to use RAID and place their logical volumes or Btrfs "
"subvolumes on top of this RAID array. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-lvm[Creating "
"a Logical Volume Managament (LVM) Layout] and "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-btrfs[Creating "
"a Btrfs Layout] for instructions on creating RAID in LVM and Btrfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Manual Partitioning screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:26
msgid ""
"RAID configuration options are only visible if you have selected two or more "
"disks for installation. At least two disks are required to create a RAID "
"device, and some RAID layouts will require more. Requirements for different "
"types of RAID are described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "
"File System and RAID Types]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:30
msgid "Follow the procedure below to create software RAID:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:31
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating Software RAID"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Click the `+` button at the bottom of the list showing existing mount "
"points. A new dialog window will open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:35
msgid ""
"In the new dialog window, specify a mount point for which you want to create "
"a separate software RAID partition - for example, `/`. Optionally, specify a "
"size for the new partition using standard units such as MB or GB (for "
"example, `50GB`). Then, click `Add mount point` to add the mount point and "
"return to the main partitioning screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:40
msgid ""
"When creating a mount point for swap on software RAID, specify the mount "
"point as `swap`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:44
msgid ""
"The mount point has now been created using the default settings, which means "
"it has been created as an LVM logical volume. Select the newly created mount "
"point in the left pane to configure it further, and convert it to a software "
"RAID partition by changing the `Device Type` option to `RAID`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Choose a RAID type from the `RAID Level` drop-down menu. Available RAID "
"types and their requirements are described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-filesystems[Device, "
"File System and RAID Types]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:48
msgid ""
"In the `Device(s)` section on the right side of the screen, you can see that "
"the partition has been assigned to several physical disks. Click the "
"`Modify` button to configure on which drives this partition will be created."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:50
msgid ""
"In the `Configure Mount Point` dialog, you can specify which physical "
"devices (disks) this partition *may* reside on. You can select one or more "
"disks which will be used to hold this partition by holding down kbd:[Ctrl] "
"and clicking each disk in the list. If you want to make sure that this "
"partition is placed on a specific set of hard drives, select only those "
"drives and unselect all others."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:52
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring the partition's location, click `Save` to "
"return to the main `Manual Partitioning` screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Configure other settings specific to the partition - its `Mount Point`, "
"`Desired Capacity`, and `File System`. Press `Update Settings` to apply any "
"changes to the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/CustomSpoke_SoftwareRAID.adoc:55
msgid ""
"Repeat this procedure for any additional standard partitions with software "
"RAID you want to create."
msgstr ""

123
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "Date & Time"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Date & Time` screen allows you to configure time and date-related "
"settings for your system. This screen is automatically configured based on "
"the settings you selected in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "
"Screen and Language Selection], but you can change your date, time and "
"location settings before you begin the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "Screenshot of the Date & Time screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:14
msgid ""
"First, select your `Region` using the drop-down menu in the top left corner "
"of the screen. Then, select your `City`, or the city closest to your "
"location in the same time zone. Selecting a specific location helps "
"{PRODUCT} ensure that your time is always set correctly including automatic "
"time changes for daylight savings time if applicable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:16
msgid ""
"You can also select a time zone relative to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) "
"without setting your location to a specific region. To do so, select `Etc` "
"as your region."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:21
msgid ""
"The list of cities and regions comes from the Time Zone Database "
"([package]*tzdata*) public domain, which is maintained by the Internet "
"Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). The Fedora Project can not add cities or "
"regions into this database. You can find more information at the "
"link:++http://www.iana.org/time-zones++[IANA official website]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"The switch labeled `Network Time` in the top right corner of the screen can "
"be used to enable or disable network time synchronization using the Network "
"Time Protocol (NTP). Enabling this option will keep your system time correct "
"as long as the system can access the internet. By default, four NTP _pools_ "
"are configured; you can add others and disable or remove the default ones by "
"clicking the gear wheel button next to the switch."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Add and mark for usage NTP servers dialog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"A dialog window allowing you to add or remove NTP pools from your system "
"configuration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/DateTimeSpoke_AddNTP.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:31
msgid ""
"If you disable network time synchronization, the controls at the bottom of "
"the screen will become active, and you will be able to set the current time "
"and date manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/DateTimeSpoke.adoc:32
msgid ""
"After configuring your time and date settings, press the `Done` button in "
"the top left corner to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""

195
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installation Destination - Specialized & Network Disks"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"This part of the `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure "
"non-local storage devices, namely iSCSI and FCoE storage. This section will "
"mostly be useful to advanced users who have a need for networked disks. For "
"instructions on setting up local hard drives, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:13
msgid ""
"This section only explains how to make existing network disks available "
"inside the installer. It does not explain how to set up your network or a "
"storage server, only how to connect to them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installation Destination - Network Storage Filters"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "A list of currently configured network storage devices"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/FilterSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:21
msgid ""
"The screen contains a list of all currently available (discovered) network "
"storage devices. When the screen is opened for the first time, the list will "
"be empty in most cases because no network storage has been discovered - the "
"installer makes no attempt at discovering this unless you configure network "
"disks using a Kickstart file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"To add one or more storage devices to the screen so you can search them and "
"use them in the installation, click `Add iSCSI Target` or `Add FCoE SAN` in "
"the bottom right corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-iscsi[Add "
"iSCSI Target] or "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination-add-fcoe[Add "
"FCoE SAN], depending on which type of network storage you want to add."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"Network storage devices successfully discovered and configured by the "
"installer will then be displayed in the main list, along with identifying "
"information such as `Name`, `WWID`, `Model` and `Target`. To sort the list "
"by a specific column (for example `WWID`), click the column's heading."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:30
msgid ""
"On lower display resolutions, the list may be too wide to fit on the screen, "
"and some of the columns or buttons may be hidden initially. Use the "
"horizontal scroll bar at the bottom of the list to move your view and see "
"all available table columns and controls."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:34
msgid ""
"There are three tabs on the top of the list, which display different "
"information:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "Search"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Displays all available devices, regardless of their type, and allows you to "
"filter them either by their _World Wide Identifier_ (WWID) or by the port, "
"target, or logical unit number (LUN) at which they are accessed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "Multipath Devices"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:38
msgid ""
"Storage devices accessible through more than one path, such as through "
"multiple SCSI controllers or Fiber Channel ports on the same system."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:43
msgid ""
"The installation program only detects multipath storage devices with serial "
"numbers that are 16 or 32 characters long."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "Other SAN Devices"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:47
msgid "Devices available on a Storage Area Network (SAN)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:49
msgid ""
"Depending on the tab you are currently in, you can filter the discovered "
"devices by using the `Filter By` field. Some of the filtering options are "
"automatically populated based on discovered devices (for example, if you "
"select `Filter By:` `Vendor`, another drop-down menu will appear showing all "
"vendors of all discovered devices). Other filters require your input (for "
"example when filtering by WWID), and present you with a text input field "
"instead of a drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:51
msgid ""
"In the list (regardless of how it is filtered), each device is presented on "
"a separate row, with a check box to its left. Mark the check box to make the "
"device available during the installation process; this will cause this "
"device (node) to be shown in the `Specialized & Network Disks` section in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]. There, you can select the disk as an installation target and "
"proceed with either manual or automatic partitioning."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Devices that you select here are not automatically wiped by the installation "
"process. Selecting a device on this screen does not, in itself, place data "
"stored on the device at risk. Also note that any devices that you do not "
"select here to form part of the installed system can be added to the system "
"after installation by modifying the `/etc/fstab` file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke.adoc:60
msgid ""
"When you have selected the storage devices to make available during "
"installation, click `Done` to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]."
msgstr ""

102
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:6
msgid "====== Add FCoE SAN"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The following procedure explains how to add _Fibre Channel over Ethernet_ "
"(FCoE) storage devices and make them available during the installation:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "Add FCoE Target"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:12
msgid ""
"Click the `Add FCoE SAN` button in the bottom right corner of "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "
"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. A new dialog window will open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:14
msgid ""
"Select the network interface (`NIC`) which is connected to your FCoE switch "
"from the drop-down menu. Note that this network interface must be configured "
"and connected - see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "
"& Hostname]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:16
msgid "Below the `NIC` drop-down menu are two choices:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "`Use DCB`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:18
msgid ""
"_Data Center Bridging_ (DCB) is a set of enhancements to the Ethernet "
"protocols designed to increase the efficiency of Ethernet connections in "
"storage networks and clusters. This option should only be enabled for "
"network interfaces that require a host-based DCBX client. Configurations on "
"interfaces that implement a hardware DCBX client should leave this check box "
"empty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "`Use auto vlan`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:20
msgid ""
"This option indicates whether VLAN discovery should be performed. If this "
"box is checked, then the _FCoE Initiation Protocol_ (FIP) VLAN discovery "
"protocol will run on the Ethernet interface once the link configuration has "
"been validated. If they are not already configured, network interfaces for "
"any discovered FCoE VLANs will be automatically created and FCoE instances "
"will be created on the VLAN interfaces. This option is enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddFCoE.adoc:21
msgid ""
"After you select which interface and options to use, click `Add FCoE "
"Disk(s)`. Discovered FCoE storage devices will be displayed under the `Other "
"SAN Devices` tab in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "
"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]."
msgstr ""

213
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:6
msgid "====== Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:8
msgid ""
"To use iSCSI storage devices, the installer must be able to discover them as "
"_iSCSI targets_ and be able to create an iSCSI session to access them. Both "
"of these steps may require a user name and password for _Challenge Handshake "
"Authentication Protocol_ (CHAP) authentication."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:10
msgid ""
"You can also configure an iSCSI target to authenticate the iSCSI initiator "
"on the system to which the target is attached (_reverse CHAP_), both for "
"discovery and for the session. Used together, CHAP and reverse CHAP are "
"called _mutual CHAP_ or _two-way CHAP_. Mutual CHAP provides the greatest "
"level of security for iSCSI connections, particularly if the user name and "
"password are different for CHAP authentication and reverse CHAP "
"authentication."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:12
msgid "Follow the procedure below to add an iSCSI storage target to your system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:14
#, no-wrap
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:16
msgid ""
"Click the `Add iSCSI Target` button in the bottom right corner of the "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "
"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks] screen. A new dialog window "
"titled `Add iSCSI Storage Target` will open."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:18
msgid "Enter the IP address of the iSCSI target in the `Target IP Address` field."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:20
msgid ""
"Provide a name in the `iSCSI Initiator Name` field for the iSCSI initiator "
"in _iSCSI Qualified Name_ (IQN) format. A valid IQN entry contains:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:22
msgid "The string `iqn.` (including the period)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:24
msgid ""
"A date code specifying the year and month in which your organization's "
"Internet domain or subdomain name was registered, represented as four digits "
"for the year, a dash, and two digits for the month, followed by a "
"period. For example, represent September 2010 as `2010-09.`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Your organization's Internet domain or subdomain name, presented in "
"*reverse* order (with the top-level domain first). For example, represent "
"the subdomain storage.example.com as `com.example.storage`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:28
msgid ""
"A colon (`:`) followed by a string which uniquely identifies this particular "
"iSCSI initiator within your domain or subdomain. For example, "
"`:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:30
msgid "A complete IQN will therefore look as follows:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "`iqn.2010-09.com.example.storage:diskarrays-sn-a8675309`\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:37
msgid ""
"An example using the correct format is also displayed below the input field "
"for reference."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:39
msgid ""
"For more information about IQNs, see [citetitle]_3.2.6. iSCSI Names in RFC "
"3720 - Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI)_, available from "
"link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3720#section-3.2.6++[] and "
"[citetitle]_1. iSCSI Names and Addresses in RFC 3721 - Internet Small "
"Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) Naming and Discovery_, available from "
"link:++http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3721#section-1++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Specify the type of authentication to use for iSCSI discovery using the "
"`Discovery Authentication Type` drop-down menu. Depending on which type of "
"authentication you selected, additional input fields (such as `CHAP "
"Username` and `CHAP Password` may then become visible. Fill in your "
"authentication credentials; these should be provided by your organization."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Click the `Start Discovery` button. The installer will now attempt to "
"discover an iSCSI target based on the information you provided, and if the "
"target requires CHAP or reverse CHAP authentication, it will attempt to use "
"the credentials you provided. This process may take some time (generally "
"less than 30 seconds), depending on your network."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:45
msgid ""
"If the discovery was *not* successful, an error message will be displayed in "
"the dialog window. This message will vary based on which part of the "
"discovery failed. If the installer did not find the target you specified at "
"all, you should check the IP address; if the problem is an authentication "
"error, make sure you entered all CHAP and reverse CHAP credentials correctly "
"and that you have access to the iSCSI target."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:50
msgid ""
"The `No nodes discovered` error message may also mean that all nodes on the "
"address you specified are already configured. During discovery, "
"[application]*Anaconda* ignores nodes which have already been added."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:54
msgid ""
"If the discovery was successful, you will see a list of all discovered "
"nodes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Select one or more nodes you want to log in to by marking or unmarking the "
"check box next to each node discovered on the target. Below the list, select "
"again the type of authentication you want to use; you can also select the "
"`Use the credentials from discovery` option if the CHAP/reverse CHAP user "
"name and password you used to discover the target are also valid for logging "
"in to it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:58
msgid ""
"After selecting all nodes you want to use, click `Log In` to initiate an "
"iSCSI session. [application]*Anaconda* will attempt to log in to all "
"selected nodes. If the login process is succesful, the `Add iSCSI Storage "
"Target` dialog will close, and all nodes you have configured will now be "
"shown in the list of network disks in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "
"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/FilterSpoke_AddiSCSI.adoc:59
msgid ""
"You can repeat this procedure to discover additional iSCSI targets, or to "
"add more nodes from a previously configured target. However, note that once "
"you click the `Start Discovery` button for the first time, you will not be "
"able to change the `iSCSI Initiator Name`. If you made an error when "
"configuring the initiator name, you must restart the installation."
msgstr ""

151
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Initial Setup` screen is shown after the installation finishes and the "
"installed system boots for the first time, before the first login, assuming "
"the following conditions have been met:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:10
msgid ""
"Your software selection contained a graphical environment (for example, you "
"installed the system using a {PRODUCT} Workstation live image)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:12
msgid ""
"The graphical environment you have installed is *not* [application]*GNOME "
"Desktop Environment* (it provides its own initial setup utility which is "
"described in xref:After_Installation.adoc#sect-gnome-initial-setup[GNOME "
"Initial Setup])."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:14
msgid "The [package]*initial-setup* package has been installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:16
msgid "You have not configured every screen available in the graphical installer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The main Initial Setup screen. This example shows all options; not all of "
"them may be shown"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:19
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/InitialSetupHub.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:22
msgid ""
"[application]*Initial Setup* allows you to configure several system "
"settings. All of these can also be configured during the installation, but "
"they are not required to finish it. Only the settings which have *not* been "
"configured during the installation will be shown; for example, if you did "
"not create a non-`root` user account during the installation, "
"[application]*Initial Setup* will start after the first reboot, and you will "
"be able to configure one. If you configured all available options during the "
"instalaltion, [application]*Initial Setup* will not be displayed at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:24
msgid ""
"To configure any aspect of the system available in the utility, click any of "
"the links available in the main window (for example, `Create User`). Each "
"link leads to a separate screen with separate options; these screens are the "
"same ones which were available during the graphical installation. If you "
"need help, press `Help` in the top left corner to open a new window "
"containing directions for that screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:26
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring any screen, press the `Done` button in the top "
"left corner to return to the main [application]*Initial Setup* menu. After "
"you finish configuring all settings, click `Finish Configuration` in the "
"bottom right corner to save all configured settings. The configuration "
"utility will close and you will be able to log in to the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:31
msgid ""
"It is possible to configure [application]*Initial Setup* to display all "
"available options, even if they have been already configured during the "
"installation. To do so, you must use a Kickstart file at the start of the "
"installation, and this file must contain the following command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "# [command]firstboot --enable --reconfig#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The [option]#--reconfig# option specifies that all options should be "
"displayed. See "
"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "
"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Normally, it is not possible to return to [application]*Initial Setup* after "
"you close it and log in to the system. You can make it display again (after "
"the next reboot, before a login prompt is displayed), by executing the "
"following command as `root`:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:49
#, no-wrap
msgid "# systemctl enable initial-setup-graphical.service\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/InitialSetupHub.adoc:52
msgid "Then, reboot your system."
msgstr ""

116
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "Kdump"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:11
msgid ""
"This screen is disabled by default. To enable it during the installation, "
"you must use the [option]#inst.kdump_addon=on# option at the boot menu. See "
"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-advanced[Advanced "
"Installation Options] for details, and "
"xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu] for "
"instructions on using custom boot options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:15
msgid ""
"Use this screen to select whether or not [application]*Kdump* will be "
"activated on the installed system, and how much memory will be reserved for "
"it if enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Kdump configuration screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/KdumpSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:21
msgid ""
"[application]*Kdump* is a kernel crash dumping mechanism which, in the event "
"of a system crash, captures the contents of the system memory at the moment "
"of failure. This captured memory can then be analyzed to find the cause of "
"the crash. If [application]*Kdump* is enabled, it must have a small portion "
"of the system's memory (RAM) reserved to itself. This reserved memory will "
"not be accessible to the main kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"To enable [application]*Kdump* on the installed system, check "
"`Enabled`. Then, select either `Automatic` or `Manual` memory reservation "
"settings, and if you selected `Manual`, enter the amount of memory to be "
"reserved in megabytes into the `Memory to be reserved` field."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"The amount of memory which you should reserve is determined based on your "
"system's architecture (AMD64 and Intel{nbsp}64 will have different "
"requirements than IBM Power, for example) as well as the total amount of "
"system memory. In most cases, automatic reservation will be satisfactory. If "
"you insist on manual settings, see the "
"link:++https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-US/Red_Hat_Enterprise_Linux/7/html/Kernel_Crash_Dump_Guide/appe-supported-kdump-configurations-and-targets.html#sect-kdump-memory-requirements++[Red{nbsp}Hat "
"Enterprise{nbsp}Linux{nbsp}7 Kernel Crash Dump Guide] for guidelines. This "
"document also contains more in-depth information about how "
"[application]*Kdump* works, how to configure additional settings, and how to "
"analyze a saved crash dump."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"The `Usable System Memory` readout below the reservation input field shows "
"how much memory will be accessible to your main system once your selected "
"amount of RAM is reserved."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:32
msgid ""
"Additional settings, such as the location where kernel crash dumps will be "
"saved, can only be configured after the installation using either the "
"`system-config-kdump` graphical interface, or manually in the "
"`/etc/kdump.conf` configuration file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KdumpSpoke.adoc:35
msgid ""
"After configuring [application]*Kdump* settings, click btn:[Done] in the top "
"left corner to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""

147
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Keyboard Layout"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Keyboard Layout` screen allows you to set up one or more keyboard "
"layouts for your system and a way to switch between them. One keyboard "
"layout is configured automatically based on your selection in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "
"Screen and Language Selection], but you can change this layout and add "
"additional ones before you begin the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:10
msgid ""
"Keyboard layouts are a separate setting from system languages, and these two "
"settings can be mixed as you see fit."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:15
msgid ""
"All settings configured in this screen will be available on the installed "
"system, and they will also become immediately available inside the "
"installer. You can use the keyboard icon in the top right corner of any "
"screen, or the keyboard switch you configured in this screen, to cycle "
"between your configured layouts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "The keyboard layout configuration screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/KeyboardSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"The left half of the screen contains a window listing all currently "
"configured layouts. The order in which the layouts are displayed is "
"important - the same order will be used when switching between layouts, and "
"the first listed layout will be the default on your system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"The text field on the right side of the screen can be used to test the "
"currently selected layout."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"You can click a layout in the list to highlight it. At the bottom of the "
"list, there is a set of buttons:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:29
msgid ""
"The `+` button adds a new layout. When you press this button, a new window "
"opens with a list of all available layouts, grouped by language. You can "
"find a layout by browsing the list, or you can use the search bar at the "
"bottom of this window. When you find the layout you want to add, highlight "
"it and press `Add`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:31
msgid "The `-` button removes the currently highlighted layout."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:33
msgid ""
"The up and down buttons can be used to move the highlighted layout up or "
"down in the list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:35
msgid ""
"The keyboard button opens a new window which offers a visual representation "
"of the highlighted layout."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:40
msgid ""
"If you use a layout that cannot accept Latin characters, such as `Russian`, "
"you are advised to also add the `English (United States)` layout and "
"configure a keyboard combination to switch between the two layouts. If you "
"only select a layout without Latin characters, you may be unable to enter a "
"valid `root` password and user credentials later in the installation "
"process. This may prevent you from completing the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:44
msgid ""
"You can also optionally configure a keyboard switch which can be used to "
"cycle between available layouts. To do so, click the `Options` button on the "
"right side of the screen. The `Layout Switching Options` dialog will open, "
"allowing you to configure one or more keys or key combinations for "
"switching. Select one or more key combinations using the check boxes next to "
"them, and click `OK` to confirm your selection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/KeyboardSpoke.adoc:45
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring keyboard layouts and switches, click `Done` in "
"the top left corner to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""

109
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Language Support"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Language Support` screen allows you to configure language settings for "
"your system. The default language is determined by your selection in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "
"Screen and Language Selection] and support for this language can not be "
"removed. You can only add additional languages, which will be available on "
"the installed system - not during the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:10
msgid ""
"If you want to change the default language, or the language used during the "
"installation, you must reboot your system, start the installer again, and "
"select a different language in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-welcome[Welcome "
"Screen and Language Selection]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:15
msgid ""
"Adding support for another language does not automatically configure the "
"corresponding keyboard layout. Layouts are a separate setting configured in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard "
"Layout]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The language configuration screen. The left side shows that at least one "
"variant of English and French have been selected; the right column shows "
"that French (France) and French (Canada) are selected in the currently "
"highlighted French group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/LangSupportSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"The left panel contains a list of available language groups such as "
"`English` or `Bulgarian`. If at least one language from a group is selected, "
"a check mark will be displayed next to the group, and the list entry will be "
"highlighted. This allows you to easily see which languages you have "
"configured support for."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"To add support for one or more additional languages, click a group in the "
"left panel, and then select one or more regional variations in the right "
"panel using check boxes next to list entries. Repeat this process for all "
"languages you want to install support for."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Enabling support for some languages (typically languages which use non-Latin "
"script) will install additional packages - for example, enabling support for "
"one or more languages from the `Arabic` group will also install the "
"`arabic-support` package group. For more information about packages, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "
"Selection]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/LangSupportSpoke.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Once you have made your selections, click `Done` in the top left corner to "
"return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""

106
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "Network & Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Network & Hostname` screen is used to configure network "
"interfaces. Options selected here will be available both during the "
"installation (if needed for tasks such as downloading packages from a remote "
"location) and on the installed system."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:13
msgid ""
"Network configuration is an expansive topic and many of the options "
"available during the installation are beyond the scope of this document. For "
"detailed information about networking, including both theoretical topics and "
"specific instructions and examples, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "
"Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Network & Hostname screen. In the left pane"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/NetworkSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:21
msgid ""
"Locally accessible interfaces are automatically detected by the installation "
"program and cannot be manually added or deleted. All detected interfaces are "
"listed on the left side of the screen. Click an interface in the list to "
"display its current configuration (such as IP and DNS address); the details "
"are displayed on the right side of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"Below the list of interfaces are two buttons. Use the `+` button to add a "
"virtual network interface (Team, Bond or VLAN) as described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding "
"a Virtual Network Interface]. To remove a previously created virtual "
"interface, select it in the list and click the `-` button."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"To change settings such as IP addresses, DNS servers, or routing "
"configuration for an existing interface (both virtual and physical), select "
"the interface in the left pane and click `Configure` in the bottom right "
"corner of the screen. Available settings are described in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing "
"Network Interface Configuration]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"Use the `ON`pass:attributes[{blank}]/pass:attributes[{blank}]`OFF` switch in "
"the top right corner to enable or disable the currently selected interface."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Below the list of connections, enter a host name for this computer in the "
"`Hostname` input field. The host name can be either a _fully-qualified "
"domain name_ (FQDN) in the format _hostname_._domainname_, or a short host "
"name with no domain name. Many networks have a _Dynamic Host Configuration "
"Protocol_ (`DHCP`) service that automatically supplies connected systems "
"with a domain name; to allow the `DHCP` service to assign the domain name to "
"this machine, only specify the short host name."
msgstr ""

203
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:6
msgid "====== Editing Network Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:8
msgid ""
"This section only details the most important settings for a typical wired "
"connection used during installation. Many of the available options do not "
"have to be changed in most installation scenarios and are not carried over "
"to the installed system. Configuration of other types of networks is broadly "
"similar, although the specific configuration parameters may be different. To "
"learn more about network configuration after installation, see the "
"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:10
msgid ""
"To configure a network connection manually, select that connection in the "
"list on the left side of the screen, and click the `Configure` button. A "
"dialog will appear that allows you to configure the selected connection. The "
"configuration options presented depends on the connection type - the "
"available options will be slightly different depending on whether it is a "
"physical interface (wired or wireless network interface controller) or a "
"virtual interface (Bond, Team or Vlan) which you previously configured in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-virtual-interface[Adding "
"a Virtual Network Interface].. A full description of all configuration "
"settings for all connection types is beyond the scope of this document; see "
"the [citetitle]_Networking Guide_ for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:12
msgid "The most common and useful options in the configuration dialog are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "Enable or disable the connection by default"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:14
msgid ""
"In the `General` tab of the configuration dialog, you can select or unselect "
"the `Automatically connect to this network when it is available` check box "
"to allow or disallow this connection to connect by default. When enabled on "
"a wired connection, this means the system will typically connect during "
"startup (unless you unplug the network cable); on a wireless connection, it "
"means that the interface will attempt to connect to any known wireless "
"networks in range."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:16
msgid ""
"Additionally, you can allow or disallow all users on the system from "
"connecting to this network using the `All users may connect to this network` "
"option. If you disable this option, only `root` will be able to connect to "
"this network."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:21
msgid ""
"It is not possible to only allow a specific user other than `root` to use "
"this interface, because no other users are created at this point during the "
"installation. If you need a connection for a different user, you must "
"configure it after the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "Set up static IPv4 or IPv6 settings"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:25
msgid ""
"By default, both `IPv4` and `IPv6` are set to automatic configuration "
"depending on current network settings. This means that addresses such as the "
"local IP address, DNS address, and other settings will be detected "
"automatically each time the interface connects to a network. In many cases, "
"this is sufficient, but you can also provide static configuration in the "
"`IPv4 Settings` and `IPv6 Settings`, respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:27
msgid ""
"To set static network configuration, navigate to one of the settings tabs "
"and select a method other than `Automatic` (for example, `Manual`) from the "
"`Method` drop-down menu. This will enable the `Addresses` field below."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:32
msgid ""
"In the `IPv6 Settings` tab, you can also set the method to `Ignore` to "
"disable `IPv6` on this interface."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:36
msgid ""
"Then, click `Add` on the right side and add a set of settings: `Address`, "
"`Netmask` (for `IPv4`), `Prefix` (for `IPv6`), and `Gateway`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:38
msgid ""
"The `DNS servers` field accepts one or more IP addresses of DNS servers - "
"for example, `10.0.0.1,10.0.0.8`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:40
msgid ""
"The final option in both tabs is `Require IPvpass:attributes[{blank}]_X_ "
"addressing for this connection to complete`. Select this option in the "
"`IPv4` tab to only allow this connection if `IPv4` was successful; the same "
"principle applies to this setting in the `IPv6` tab. If this option remains "
"disabled for both `IPv4` and `IPv6`, the interface will be able to connect "
"if configuration succeeds on either IP protocol."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configure routes"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:42
msgid ""
"In the `IPv4 Settings` and `IPv4 Settings` tabs, click the `Routes` button "
"in the bottom right corner to configure routing settings for a specific IP "
"protocol on an interface. A new dialog will open, allowing you to `Add` a "
"specific route."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:44
msgid ""
"If you confire at least one static route, you can disallow all routes not "
"specifically configured here by enabling the `Ignore automatically obtained "
"routes`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:46
msgid ""
"Select `Use this connection only for resources on its network` to prevent "
"this connection from becoming the default route. This option can be selected "
"even if you did not configure any static routes. Enabling this option means "
"that this route will only be used when necessary to access certain "
"resources, such as intranet pages which require a local or VPN "
"connection. Another (default) route will be used for publicly available "
"resources if possible. Note that unlike the additional routes configured in "
"this dialog, this setting will be transferred to the installed system. Also "
"note that this option is only useful when more than one interface is "
"configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:48
msgid ""
"When you finish configuring the interface's routing settings, click `OK` to "
"return to the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_EditConnection.adoc:49
msgid ""
"Once you finish configuring the interface, click `Save` in the configuration "
"window's bottom right corner to save your settings and return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "
"& Hostname]."
msgstr ""

74
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:6
msgid "====== Adding a Virtual Network Interface"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:8
msgid ""
"To add a virtual network interface, click the `+` button at the bottom of "
"the interface list. A new window will open, prompting you to select one of "
"the three available types of virtual interfaces:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:10
msgid ""
"`Bond` - NIC (_Network Interface Controller_) Bonding, a method to bind "
"multiple physical network interfaces together into a single bonded channel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:12
msgid ""
"`Team` - NIC Teaming, a new implementation to aggregate links, designed to "
"provide a small kernel driver to implement the fast handling of packet "
"flows, and various applications to do everything else in user space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:14
msgid ""
"`Vlan` (_Virtual LAN_) - A method to create multiple distinct broadcast "
"domains which are mutually isolated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:16
msgid ""
"Select the interface type you want to add, and click `Add`. Another dialog "
"window will open, allowing you to edit any available settings for your "
"chosen interface type. For information about available settings, see the "
"respective sections of the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking{nbsp}Guide_, "
"available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. Basic documentation "
"is also available in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration-advanced[Editing "
"Network Interface Configuration]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/NetworkSpoke_VirtualInterfaces.adoc:21
msgid ""
"To access the settings dialog again after you closed it, select the same "
"interface in the list of configured interfaces and click `Configure` in the "
"bottom right corner of the screen. To remove a virtual interface, select it "
"in the list and click the `-` button below."
msgstr ""

114
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Root Password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Root Password` screen is used to configure the `root` password for your "
"system. This password will be used to log into the administrator (also known "
"as superuser) account, which is used for system administration tasks such as "
"installing and updating software packages and changing system-wide "
"configuration such as network and firewall settings, storage options and "
"adding or modifying users, groups and file permissions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:10
msgid ""
"The `root` account will always be created during the installation. However, "
"you should always also create a normal user accont in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-create-user[Create "
"User] and use that account to log in to the system. Only switch to the "
"administrator account only when you need to perform a task which requires "
"administrator access."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:15
msgid ""
"The `root` account has complete control over the system. If an unauthorized "
"person gains access to this account, they can access or delete all users' "
"personal files or otherwise exploit the machine for their own nefarious "
"purposes. See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed documentation about "
"account security and guidelines for choosing a strong password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The Root Password screen. Use the text input fields to provide your root "
"password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/PasswordSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"Once you choose a strong password, enter it in the `Root Password` "
"field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for "
"security. Then, type the same password into the `Confirm` field to ensure "
"you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the same."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will "
"determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password "
"weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which "
"aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 "
"characters.`\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:32
msgid ""
"If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to "
"choose a different, stronger password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/PasswordSpoke.adoc:33
msgid ""
"Once you configure the superuser password, click `Done` in the top left "
"corner to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration "
"and Installation Progress]. If you selected a weak password, you must press "
"the button twice."
msgstr ""

83
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configuration and Installation Progress"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Configuration` screen is displayed after you finish configuring all "
"required items in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary] and press the `Begin installation` button. After this point, the "
"installation process actually starts and changes are being made to your "
"selected disks. It is not possible to go back to the `Installation Summary` "
"and change any settings configured there; if you need to do so, you must "
"wait for the installation process to finish, reboot your system, log in and "
"change your settings on the installed system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The Configuration screen. Two more screens at the top require "
"configuration. Installation progress is displayed at the bottom."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/ProgressHub.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:14
msgid ""
"In the top part of the screen, two additional options are available, "
"allowing you to configure authentication settings - the `root` password and "
"an additional user account. Configuring the `root` password is required to "
"finish the installation; creating a user account can be skipped. If you do "
"so, you will be prompted to create a non-root user account after the "
"installation finishes and your system reboots."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:16
msgid ""
"The bottom of the screen shows a progress bar and a message informing you of "
"the current progress of the installation. When the installation finishes and "
"the `root` password has been set, you can press the `Finish configuration` "
"button to reboot your computer and log in to your newly installed {PRODUCT} "
"system."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/ProgressHub.adoc:21
msgid ""
"Before you finish the installation and reboot, either remove the media (CD, "
"DVD or a USB drive) which you used to start the installation, or make sure "
"that your system tries to boot from the hard drive before trying removable "
"media. Otherwise, your computer will start the installer again instead of "
"the installed system."
msgstr ""

118
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "Software Selection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Software Selection` screen allows you to choose a _Base Environment_ "
"and _Add-ons_. These options control which software packages will be "
"installed on your system during the installation process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:10
msgid ""
"This screen is only available if "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-source[Installation "
"Source] is properly configured and only after the installer has downloaded "
"package metadata from the source."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:15
msgid ""
"It is not possible to select specific packages during a manual "
"installation. You can only select pre-defined environments and add-ons. If "
"you need to control exactly which packages are installed, you must use a "
"Kickstart file and define the packages in the [command]#%packages# "
"section. See "
"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "
"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:19
msgid ""
"The availability of environments and add-ons depends on your installation "
"source. By default, the selection depends on the installation media you used "
"to start the installation; Fedora{nbsp}Server installation image will have "
"different environments and add-ons available for selection than, for "
"example, the Fedora{nbsp}Cloud image. You can change this by configuring a "
"different installation source containing different environments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Software Selection screen. On the left side"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/SoftwareSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"To configure your software selection, first choose an environment on the "
"left side of the screen. Only one environment can be chosen, even if more "
"are available. Then, on the right side of the screen, select one or more "
"add-ons which you want to install by marking the check boxes next to each "
"add-on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"The list of add-ons is divided into two parts by a horizontal line. Add-ons "
"above this line are defined as part of your chosen environment; if you "
"select a different environment, the add-ons available here will change. The "
"add-ons displayed below the separator are not specific to your chosen "
"environment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:29
msgid ""
"Environments and add-ons are defined using a `comps.xml` file in your "
"installation source (for example, in the `repodata/` directory on the full "
"Fedora{nbsp}Server installation DVD). Review this file to see exactly which "
"packages will be installed as part of a certain environment or add-on. For "
"more information about the `comps.xml` file, see "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages "
"(required) - Package Selection]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SoftwareSpoke.adoc:30
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring your software selection, click `Done` in the "
"top left corner to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""

199
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installation Source"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Installation Source` screen allows you to specify a location (local or "
"on the network) from which packages will be downloaded and installed on your "
"system. This screen will be configured automatically in most cases, but you "
"can change your settings or add additional sources."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:13
msgid ""
"Normally, when you first enter the `Installation Summary` screen, the "
"installer will attempt to configure an installation source based on the type "
"of media you used to boot. The full {PRODUCT} Server DVD will configure the "
"source as local media, the netinst ISO image will configure the closest "
"network mirror, etc. This process takes some time, especially if the default "
"source is a network mirror. If you plan to use a custom installation source, "
"use the [option]#inst.askmethod# boot option to skip the initial "
"configuration; this will allow you to enter this screen immediately. See "
"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the "
"Installation Source] for information about boot options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Installation Source screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/SourceSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:21
msgid ""
"The following options are available. Note that not all of them may be "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "Auto-detected installation media"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"This is the option selected by default if you started the installer from "
"media containing an installation source, such as a live DVD. No additional "
"configuration is necessary. You can click the `Verify` button check the "
"media integrity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:24
#, no-wrap
msgid "ISO file"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"This option will appear if the installation program detected a partitioned "
"hard drive with mountable file systems during boot. Select this option, "
"click the btn:[Choose an ISO] button, and browse to the installation ISO "
"file's location on your system. You can click the `Verify` button to check "
"the file's integrity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "On the network"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"Use this option to download packages to be installed from a network location "
"instead of local media. This is the default selection on network "
"installation media."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:29
msgid ""
"In most cases, the `Closest mirror` option available from the protocol "
"selection drop-down menu is preferable. If this option is selected, packages "
"for your system will be downloaded from the most suitable location (mirror)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:31
msgid ""
"To manually configure a network-based installation source, use the drop-down "
"menu to specify the protocol to be used when downloading packages. This "
"setting depends on the server you want to use. Then, type the server address "
"(without the protocol) into the address field. If you choose NFS, a second "
"input field will appear where you can specify custom `NFS mount options`."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:36
msgid ""
"When selecting an NFS installation source, you must specify the address with "
"a colon (`:`) character separating the host name from the path. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:40
#, no-wrap
msgid "`pass:attributes[{blank}]_server.example.com_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_/path/to/directory_pass:attributes[{blank}]`\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:45
msgid ""
"To configure a proxy for an HTTP or HTTPS source, click the btn:[Proxy "
"setup] button. Check `Enable HTTP proxy` and type the URL into the `Proxy "
"URL` box. If the proxy server requires authentication, check `Use "
"Authentication` and enter your user name and password. Click btn:[OK] to "
"finish the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:47
msgid ""
"If your HTTP or HTTPS URL refers to a repository mirror list, mark the check "
"box under the address field."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:49
msgid ""
"You can also specify additional repositories in the `Additional "
"repositories` section to gain access to more installation environments and "
"software add-ons. All environments and add-ons will be available for "
"selection in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "
"Selection] once you finish configuring the sources."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:51
msgid ""
"To add a repository, click the btn:[+] button. To delete a repository, "
"select one in the list and click the btn:[-] button. Click the arrow icon to "
"revert to the previous list of repositories, i.e. to replace current entries "
"with those that were present at the time you entered the `Installation "
"Source` screen. To activate or deactivate a repository, click the check box "
"in the `Enabled` column at each entry in the list."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:53
msgid ""
"You can name your additional repository and configure it the same way as the "
"primary repository on the network using the input fields on the right side "
"of the section."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SourceSpoke.adoc:54
msgid ""
"Once you have selected your installation source, click `Done` in the top "
"left corner to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""

309
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installation Destination"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Installation Destination` screen allows you to configure storage "
"options - namely, which disks will be used as the installation target for "
"your {PRODUCT} installation. At least one disk must always be selected for "
"the installation to proceed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:10
msgid ""
"For information about the theory and concepts behind disk partitioning in "
"Linux, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:15
msgid ""
"If you plan to use a disk which already contains some data - for example, if "
"you want to shrink an existing Microsoft Windows partition and install "
"{PRODUCT} as a second system or if you are upgrading a previous release of "
"{PRODUCT}, make sure to back up any important data first. Manipulating "
"partitions always carries a risk - if the process is interrupted or fails "
"for any reason (installer error, hardware failure, power outage, etc.), any "
"data already on the disk may become impossible to recover."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The Installation Destination screen. There are two local standard disks "
"available"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"In the top part of the screen, all locally available storage devices (SATA, "
"IDE and SCSI hard drives, USB flash drives, etc.) are displayed in the "
"`Local Standard Disks` section. Local disks are detected when the installer "
"starts - any storage devices connected after the installation has started "
"will not be shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"If you need to configure additional local storage devices, select `I will "
"configure partitioning` and press `Done` to move to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "
"Partitioning]. Then, connect any new hard drives you want to make available "
"during the installation, and press the button marked by a circular arrow in "
"the set of controls below the list of mount points on the left side of the "
"screen. In the dialog window that opens, press `Rescan Disks` and wait until "
"the scanning process completes. Then, press `OK` to return to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning[Installation "
"Destination]; all detected disks including any new ones will be displayed in "
"the `Local Standard Disks` section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:27
msgid ""
"The `Specialized & Network Disks` section below shows advanced network "
"storage (such as iSCSI and FCoE disks) currently configured. When you first "
"open this screen, no such devices will be displayed because they can not be "
"automatically detected; to search for network storage devices `Add a disk` "
"button and proceed with "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-destination[Installation "
"Destination - Specialized & Network Disks]. Any network storage you "
"configure will then show up in the `Specialized & Network Disks` the same "
"way local disks are shown above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:29
msgid ""
"All storage devices which will be used to install {PRODUCT} have a black "
"circle icon with a white check mark on them. Disks not marked by this icon "
"will not be used during the installation - they will be ignored if you "
"choose automatic partitioning, and they will not be available in manual "
"partitioning."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:34
msgid ""
"USB storage devices such as flash drives and external disks will be shown in "
"the `Local Standard Disks` as well, and they will be available for selection "
"the same way internal hard drives are. Make sure to *not* select any "
"removable storage as installation targets unless you really want to do "
"so. If you accidentally use a removable drive to install {PRODUCT} and then "
"unplug it, your system will likely become unusable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:37
#, no-wrap
msgid "Unselected and Selected Disk"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Disk selection in the Installation Destination screen. Two disks are "
"displayed; only the one on the right side will be used"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:39
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_Selected.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:42
msgid ""
"After you select all disks you want to install {PRODUCT}, select one of the "
"two options in the `Other Storage Options` section:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:44
msgid ""
"`Automatically configure partitioning` - If this option is selected, then "
"after you press `Done` in the top left corner of the screen, the installer "
"will determine the total amount of space on all selected disks, and it will "
"create a _Logical Volume Management_ (LVM) layout suitable for your "
"system. The specifics of this layout depend on whether your system uses BIOS "
"or UEFI firmware, the total amount of free space on your disks, and the "
"amount of RAM on your system (which determines the size of your swap space)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:46
msgid ""
"With automatic partitioning, you can also select the `I would like to make "
"additional space available` option below. Use this option if you want to "
"reclaim space from an existing partitioning layout - for example, if a disk "
"you want to use already contains a different operating system, and you want "
"to make this system's partitions smaller to allow more room for "
"{PRODUCT}. The `Reclaim space` dialog which opens if this option is selected "
"is described later in this section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:48
msgid ""
"`I will configure partitioning` - Select this option and press `Done` in the "
"top left corner of the screen to configure your system's partitioning layout "
"manually. This requires some knowledge of the theory behind disk partitions "
"and related concepts, but gives you full control over the way the system "
"will be installed. For instructions for manual partitioning, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "
"Partitioning]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:50
msgid ""
"Additionally, you can select `Encrypt my data`pass:attributes[{blank}]; this "
"will encrypt all partitions except the ones needed to boot the system (such "
"as `/boot`) using _Linux Unified Key Setup_ (LUKS). Encrypting your hard "
"drive is recommended. For detailed information about LUKS encryption, see "
"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:55
msgid ""
"If you lose the LUKS passphrase, any encrypted partitions and the data on "
"them will become completely inaccessible. There is no way to recover a lost "
"passphrase. However, if you perform a Kickstart installation, you can save "
"encryption passphrases and create backup encryption passphrases during the "
"installation. See "
"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "
"the Installation with Kickstart] for information about Kickstart "
"installations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:59
msgid ""
"To control which one of your selected storage devices will contain the _boot "
"loader_, click the `Full disk summary and bootloader` link in the bottom "
"left corner of the screen, and follow the instructions in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-storage-partitioning-bootloader[Boot "
"Loader Installation]. Note that while in most cases it is sufficient to "
"leave the boot loader in the default location, some configurations (for "
"example, systems which require _chain loading_ from another boot loader) "
"will require the boot drive to be specified manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:61
msgid ""
"After you select storage devices, choose between automatic and manual "
"partitioning, configure encryption and boot loader location, press `Done` in "
"the top left corner of the screen. Then, depending on your settings, the "
"following will happen:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:63
msgid ""
"If you chose to encrypt your hard drive, the `Disk Encryption Passphrase` "
"dialog will appear. Enter your chosen passphrase into the `Passphrase` and "
"`Confirm` fields. When you do so, the passphrase will be automatically "
"evaluated and its strength will be displayed, along with suggestions on how "
"to make it stronger if the installer has determined it to be weak. For "
"information about creating strong passwords, see [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "
"Security{nbsp}Guide_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:65
msgid ""
"If you selected automatic partitioning and the `I would like to make "
"additional space available`, or if there is not enough free space on your "
"selected hard drives to install {PRODUCT}, the `Reclaim Space` dialog will "
"appear. This dialog lists all disk devices you have configured and all "
"partitions on those devices. The bottom right corner of the dialog displays "
"information about how much space the system needs for at least a minimal "
"installation and how much space you have reclaimed."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:70
msgid ""
"If you use the `Reclaim Space` dialog to *delete* a partition, all data on "
"that partition will be lost. If you want to preserve your data, use the "
"`Shrink` option, not the `Delete` option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:74
msgid ""
"First, review the displayed list of available storage devices. The "
"`Reclaimable Space` column shows how much space can be reclaimed from each "
"entry. To reclaim space, select a disk or partition, and press either the "
"`Delete` button to delete that partition (or all partitions on a selected "
"disk), or `Shrink` to use free space on a partition while preserving "
"existing data. Alternatively, you can press `Delete all` in the bottom right "
"corner; this will delete all existing partitions on all disks and make this "
"space available to {PRODUCT}, but all existing data on all disks will be "
"lost."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:76
msgid ""
"After you free enough space for your {PRODUCT} installation, press `Reclaim "
"space` to finish."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:81
msgid ""
"No changes to any disks will be made until you press `Begin Installation` in "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]. The `Reclaim Space` dialog only *marks* partitions for resizing or "
"deletion, but no such action is performed immediately."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke.adoc:85
msgid ""
"If you selected the `I will configure partitioning` option, pressing `Done` "
"will open the `Manual Partitioning` screen. See "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "
"Partitioning] for further instructions."
msgstr ""

120
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:6
msgid "====== Boot Loader Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:8
msgid ""
"{PRODUCT} uses [application]*GRUB2* (GRand Unified Bootloader version 2) as "
"its boot loader. The boot loader is the first program that runs when the "
"computer starts and is responsible for loading and transferring control to "
"an operating system. [application]*GRUB2* can boot any compatible operating "
"system (including Microsoft Windows) and can also use chain loading to "
"transfer control to other boot loaders for unsupported operating systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:13
msgid "Installing [application]*GRUB2* may overwrite your existing boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:17
msgid ""
"If you have other operating systems already installed, the {PRODUCT} "
"installer will attempt to automatically detect and configure the boot loader "
"to start them. You can manually configure any additional operating systems "
"after you finish the installation, if they are not detected properly. For "
"instructions on editing [application]*GRUB2* configuration, see the "
"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System{nbsp}Administrator's{nbsp}Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:19
msgid ""
"If you are installing Fedora system with more than one disk, you may want to "
"manually specify where the bootloader should be installed. Click the `Full "
"disk summary and bootloader` link at the bottom of the `Installation "
"Destination` screen. The `Selected Disks` dialog will appear. The bootloader "
"will be installed on the device of your choice, or on a UEFI system, the "
"`EFI system partition` will be created on that device during guided "
"partitioning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "Boot Device Selection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Selected Disks dialog"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:25
msgid ""
"In the `Boot` column, a \"tick\" icon marks one of the devices as the "
"intended boot device. To change the boot device, select a device from the "
"list and click the `Set as Boot Device` button to install the boot loader "
"there instead. Only one device can be set as the boot device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:27
msgid ""
"To decline installation of a new boot loader, select the device currently "
"marked for boot and click the `Do not install bootloader` button. This will "
"remove the tick and ensure [application]*GRUB2* is not installed on any "
"device."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:32
msgid ""
"If you choose not to install a boot loader for any reason, you will not be "
"able to boot the system directly, and you must use another boot method, such "
"as a stand-alone commercial boot loader application. Use this option only if "
"you are sure you have another way to boot your system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/StorageSpoke_BootLoader.adoc:35
msgid ""
"The boot loader may also require a special partition to be created, "
"depending on whether your system uses BIOS or UEFI firmware and also "
"depending on whether the boot drive has a _GUID Partition Table_ (GPT) or a "
"`Master Boot Record` (MBR, also known as msdos) label. If you use automatic "
"partitioning, the installer will create this partition if needed. For "
"details, see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme]."
msgstr ""

162
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Installation Summary` screen is the central location for setting up an "
"installation. Most of the options which can be configured during the "
"installation can be accessed from here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Installation Summary screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:17
msgid ""
"If you used a Kickstart option or a boot option to specify an installation "
"repository on a network, but no network is available at the start of the "
"installation, the installer will display the `Network Configuration` screen "
"for you to set up a network connection prior to displaying the `Installation "
"Summary` screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:21
msgid ""
"The summary screen consists of several links to other screens, separated "
"into categories. These links can be in several different states, which are "
"graphically indicated:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:23
msgid ""
"A *warning symbol* (yellow triangle with an exclamation mark) next to an "
"icon means that a screen requires your attention before you start the "
"installation. This typically happens with the `Installation Destination` "
"screen, because even though there is a default automatic partitioning "
"variant, you always have to at least confirm this selection, even if you do "
"not want to make any changes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:25
msgid ""
"If a link is *greyed out*, it means that the installer is currently "
"configuring this section, and you must wait for the configuration to finish "
"before accessing that screen. This typically happens when you change the "
"installation source in the `Installation Source` screen and the installer is "
"probing the new source location and gathering a list of available packages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:27
msgid ""
"Screens with *black text and no warning symbol* mean that this screen does "
"not require your attention. You can still change your settings in these "
"screens, but it is not necessary to do so to complete the installation. This "
"typically happens with localization settings, as these are either detected "
"automatically, or set up on the previous screen where you select your "
"language and locale."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:29
msgid ""
"A warning message is displayed at the bottom of the summary screen, and the "
"`Begin Installation` button is greyed out, as long as at least one item has "
"not been configured yet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "Icon States in Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "A screenshot of several icons in the Installation Summary screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_States.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Each screen also has an explanatory text below its title, showing settings "
"currently configured in that screen. This text may be concatenated; in that "
"case, move your mouse cursor over it and wait until a tooltip with the full "
"text appears."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "Tooltip in the Installation Summary"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"An entry in the Installation Summary shows a truncated description and a "
"tooltip with full text."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_Mouseover.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/SummaryHub.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Once you configure everything required for the installation, you can press "
"the `Begin Installation` button to start installing {PRODUCT}. This will "
"take you to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-progress[Configuration "
"and Installation Progress]. Note that as the text below this button says, "
"nothing will be written to your hard drive before you press this button. You "
"can press `Quit` at any point; this will discard all changes you made in the "
"installer so far and reboot the system."
msgstr ""

201
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:5
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "Create User"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The `Create User` screen can be used to create and configure one normal "
"(non-`root`) user account during the installation. Only one user account can "
"be configured here; if you require more accounts, wait until the "
"installation completes, reboot your system and then create other accounts "
"using either the [command]#useradd# command in a terminal, or a graphical "
"utility for managing user accounts (for example, the `Users` screen in the "
"Settings menu in [application]*GNOME*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:13
msgid ""
"Creating a normal user account is not required to finish the installation; "
"however, it is highly recommended. If you do not create one, you will have "
"to log in to the system as `root` directly, which is *not* recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"The Create screen. Use the text input fields to create a user account and "
"configure its settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:21
msgid ""
"To configure a user account, fill out the `Full name` (for example, `John "
"Smith`) and `Username` (for example, `jsmith`). The `username` will used to "
"log in from a command line; if you install a graphical environment, then "
"your graphical login manager will use `Full name`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:23
msgid ""
"Make sure that the `Require a password to use this account` check box is "
"enabled, enter a password you want to use for this account into the "
"`Password` field. The characters you write will be displayed as dots for "
"security. Then, repeat the same password in the `Confirm password` field "
"below to ensure you entered it properly. Both entered passwords must be the "
"same."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"As you enter the password, it will be evaluated and the installer will "
"determine the password's strength. If the installer considers your password "
"weak, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen, explaining which "
"aspect of your chosen password is considered insuficient. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"`The password you have provided is weak:` `The password is shorter than 5 "
"characters.`\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:32
msgid ""
"If a message similar to the above appears, it is highly recommended to "
"choose a different, stronger password."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:34
msgid ""
"The `Make this user administrator` check box gives the user you are creatng "
"administrative rights (by adding this user into the `wheel` group), allowing "
"this user to use the [command]#sudo# command to perform tasks normally only "
"available to `root` using only the user password, instead of the `root` "
"password. This may be more convenient, but can also pose a security risk."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:39
msgid ""
"If you give administrator privileges to an user, make sure that the account "
"is protected by a strong password. Never give an user administrator "
"privileges without requiring any password for the account."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:41
msgid ""
"See the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security Guide_, available at the "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for detailed information about "
"password security including guidelines for selecting strong passwords."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:45
msgid ""
"To additional settings, click the `Advanced` button below the password input "
"fields. A new dialog window titled `Advanced User Configuration` will "
"open. This dialog is described in the following section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:48
msgid "====== Advanced User Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:50
msgid ""
"The `Advanced User Configuration` dialog allows you to change the following "
"settings for the new user account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "Advanced User Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "Advanced settings for the new user account."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/UserSpoke_Advanced.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:56
msgid ""
"The user's `Home directory` "
"(`/home/pass:attributes[{blank}]_username_pass:attributes[{blank}]` by "
"default)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:58
msgid ""
"The user's ID (UID). The default value is 1000. UIDs 0-999 are reserved by "
"the system so they can not be assigned to an user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:60
msgid ""
"The the group ID (GID) of the user's default group. The default group name "
"will be the same as the user name, and its default GID is 1000. GIDs 0-999 "
"are reserved by the system so they can not be assigned to an user's group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/UserSpoke.adoc:61
msgid ""
"The user's group membership. The user account you are creating will always "
"have one default group membership (the user's default group with an ID set "
"in the `Specify a group ID manually` field). In the `Group Membership` "
"field, you can specify additional groups as a comma-separated list. Groups "
"which do not already exist will be created; you can specify custom GIDs for "
"them in parentheses. If you do not specify a custom GID for a new group, it "
"will be assigned automatically."
msgstr ""

98
po/fr/f26/pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "Welcome Screen and Language Selection"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:8
msgid ""
"The first screen displayed immediately after the graphical installer starts "
"is the Welcome screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:9
#, no-wrap
msgid "Welcome Screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "Screenshot of the Welcome screen showing language selection options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/WelcomeSpoke.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:14
msgid ""
"First, select your preferred language in the left hand side column, and then "
"select your locale from the right hand side column. You can use the text "
"input field in the bottom left corner to search for your language instead of "
"looking for it in the full list of more than 70 languages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:16
msgid ""
"The language you select on this screen will be used during the installation, "
"and it will also be used on the installed system by default. You can change "
"the language for the installed system later, but once you click `Continue` "
"on this screen, you will not be able to go back and change the language used "
"inside the installer itself."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:18
msgid ""
"One language is pre-selected by default on top of the list. If network "
"access is configured at this point (for example, if you booted from a "
"network server instead of local media), the pre-selected language will be "
"determined based on automatic location detection using the GeoIP "
"module. Alternatively, if you used the [option]#inst.lang=# option on the "
"boot command line or in your PXE server configuration, this language will be "
"selected by default, but you will still be able to change it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:20
msgid ""
"After you select your language and locale, click `Continue` to confirm your "
"selection and proceed to "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-installation-summary[Installation "
"Summary]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/_partials/install/WelcomeSpoke.adoc:25
msgid ""
"If you are installing a pre-release version of {PRODUCT}, a message will be "
"shown after you click `Continue` warning you about the pre-release status of "
"your installation media. Click `I accept my fate` to continue with the "
"installation, or `Get me out of here` to quit the installation and reboot "
"your system."
msgstr ""

1985
po/fr/f26/pages/advanced/Boot_Options.po Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

317
po/fr/f26/pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Automating the Installation with Kickstart"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:9
msgid ""
"Kickstart installations offer a means to automate the installation process, "
"either partially or fully. Kickstart files contain answers to all questions "
"normally asked by the installation program, such as what time zone do you "
"want the system to use, how should the drives be partitioned or which "
"packages should be installed. Providing a prepared Kickstart file when the "
"installation begins therefore allows the you to perform the installation "
"automatically, without need for any intervention from the user. This is "
"especially useful when deploying {PRODUCT} on a large number of systems at "
"once."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:11
msgid ""
"All Kickstart scripts and the log files of their execution are stored in the "
"`/tmp` directory to assist with debugging installation issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:13
#, no-wrap
msgid "How to Perform a Kickstart Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:16
msgid ""
"Kickstart installations can be performed using a local DVD, a local hard "
"drive, or via NFS, FTP, HTTP, or HTTPS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:18
msgid "To use Kickstart, you must:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:20
msgid "Create a Kickstart file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:22
msgid ""
"Create boot media or configure a network boot (PXE) server which will be "
"used to begin the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Make the Kickstart file available on removable media, a hard drive, or a "
"network location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Start the Kickstart installation by booting the installer and using a boot "
"option to tell the installer where to find the Kickstart file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:28
msgid "This chapter explains these steps in detail."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating a Kickstart File"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:33
msgid ""
"The Kickstart file itself is a plain text file, containing keywords listed "
"in "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "
"Syntax Reference], which serve as directions for the installation. Any text "
"editor able to save files as ASCII text (such as [application]*Gedit* or "
"[application]*vim* on Linux systems or [application]*Notepad* on Windows "
"systems) can be used to create and edit Kickstart files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:35
msgid ""
"The recommended approach to creating Kickstart files is to perform a manual "
"installation on one system first. After the installation completes, all "
"choices made during the installation are saved into a file named "
"`anaconda-ks.cfg`, located in the `/root/` directory on the installed "
"system. You can then copy this file, make any changes you need, and use the "
"resulting configuration file in further installations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:37
msgid "When creating a Kickstart file, keep in mind the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:39
msgid ""
"Lines starting with a pound sign (`#`) are treated as comments and are "
"ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:41
msgid ""
"Sections must be specified *in order*. Items within the sections do not have "
"to be in a specific order unless otherwise specified. The correct section "
"order is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:43
msgid ""
"The command section which contains actual Kickstart commands and options as "
"listed in "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "
"Syntax Reference]. Note that some commands, such as [command]#install#, are "
"mandatory, but most commands are optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The [command]#%packages# section which contains a list of packages and "
"package groups to be installed. See "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-packages[%packages "
"(required) - Package Selection] for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:47
msgid ""
"The [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections, containing a "
"pre-installation and post-installation scripts. These two sections can be in "
"any order and are not mandatory. See "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-preinstall[%pre "
"(optional) - Pre-installation Script] and "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-postinstall[%post "
"(optional) - Post-installation Script] for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:52
msgid ""
"The [command]#%packages#, [command]#%pre# and [command]#%post# sections must "
"end with [command]#%end#, otherwise the installation program will refuse the "
"Kickstart file. The main command section has no special ending statement."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:56
msgid ""
"Omitting any required item results in the installation program prompting the "
"user for an answer to the related item, just as the user would be prompted "
"during a typical installation. Once the answer is given, the installation "
"will continue. Note that if the system you are installing has no display, "
"you will not be able to see the prompt, and the installation will appear to "
"have failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "Verifying the Kickstart File"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:61
msgid ""
"When creating or customizing your kickstart file, it is useful to verify "
"that it is valid before attempting to use it in an installation. {PRODUCT} "
"includes the [application]*ksvalidator* command line utility which can be "
"used to do this. This tool is a part of the [package]*pykickstart* "
"package. To install this package, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dnf install pykickstart\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:68
msgid ""
"After installing the package, you can validate a Kickstart file using the "
"following command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ [command]#ksvalidator _/path/to/kickstart.ks_#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:75
msgid ""
"Replace _/path/to/kickstart.ks_ with the path to the Kickstart file you want "
"to verify."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:77
msgid "For more information about this tool, see the `ksvalidator(1)` man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Keep in mind that the validation tool has its limitations. The Kickstart "
"file can be very complicated; [application]*ksvalidator* can make sure the "
"syntax is correct and that the file does not include removed options, but it "
"cannot guarantee the installation will be successful. It also does not "
"attempt to validate the [command]#%pre#, [command]#%post# and "
"[command]#%packages# sections of the Kickstart file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "Making the Kickstart File Available"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:89
msgid ""
"Once you create a Kickstart file, you can place it in one of the following "
"locations:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:91
msgid ""
"On *removable media*, such as a DVD or USB flash drive connected to the "
"installation system"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:93
msgid "On a *hard drive* connected to the installation system"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:95
msgid "On a *network share* reachable from the installation system"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Normally, a Kickstart file is copied to removable media or a hard drive, or "
"made available on the network. Placing the file in a network location "
"complements the usual approach to Kickstart installations, which is also "
"network-based: the system is booted using a PXE server, the Kickstart file "
"is downloaded from a network share, and software packages specified in the "
"file are downloaded from remote repositories."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:99
msgid ""
"xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting Up an "
"Installation Server] offers some additional information about preparing for "
"a network-based installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting the Kickstart Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Once you have everything ready - you have created a valid Kickstart file and "
"you have either local boot media or a PXE server available, you can start "
"the Kickstart installation. You need to use the [option]#inst.ks=# boot "
"option either in the boot menu (when booting from local media), or add this "
"option to your PXE server configuration. For information about boot options "
"used in Kickstart installations, see "
"xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-kickstart[Kickstart Boot Options]."
msgstr ""

620
po/fr/f26/pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,620 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Setting Up an Installation Server"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:12
msgid ""
"This appendix is intended for users with previous Linux experience. If you "
"are a new user, you may want to install using minimal boot media or the "
"distribution DVD instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:16
#, no-wrap
msgid "PXE Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:19
msgid ""
"Preboot Execution Environment, or PXE, is a techonology that allows "
"computers to boot directly from resources provided over the "
"network. Installing Fedora over the network means you don't have to create "
"media, and you can install to multiple computers or virtual machine "
"simultaneously. The process involves a number of components and features "
"working together to provide the resources required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "PXE-capable computer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:22
msgid ""
"Most modern computers have the capability to network boot. Typically, a "
"function key pressed during boot will bring up a boot selection menu. In "
"environments designed for unattended administration, systems will often be "
"configured to first attempt booting from the network, then boot from local "
"storage, and the installation server is configured to only offer the "
"installation when required. Your computer's manual will provide specific "
"instructions on setting boot priorities."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:25
msgid ""
"When a system requests an address during network booting, the DHCP server "
"also provides the location of files to boot. A network should have only one "
"DHCP server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:26
#, no-wrap
msgid "TFTP Server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Because the pre-boot environment is very simple, files must be provided in a "
"very simple way. Trivial File Transfer Protocol, or TFTP, provides the "
"system with the bootloader required to continue the installation process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:29
#, no-wrap
msgid "Bootloader"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:31
msgid ""
"Because the job of booting an operating system is too complex for the "
"pre-boot environment, a bootloader is used to load the kernel and related "
"files. It also provides configuration information to the installer, and can "
"offer a menu to select from different configurations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "Kernel and Initramfs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:34
msgid ""
"The kernel is the core of any Linux operating system, and the initramfs "
"provides the kernel with required tools and resources. These files are also "
"provided by tftp."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:35
#, no-wrap
msgid "Package repository"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:37
msgid ""
"A Fedora repository must be available for the installation. The example in "
"this section uses the public Fedora mirrors as the repository source, but "
"you can also use a repo on the local network provided by NFS, FTP, or "
"HTTP. Repositories can be configured using the [option]#inst.repo=# boot "
"option; see xref:Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-sources[Specifying the "
"Installation Source] for details."
msgstr ""
#. A link to mirrormanager and some instructions to other guides too. All the elaboration on installation methods might be going to far, but we can ref. --Pete
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Needs adminition about static IP, reference out to Networking Guide. Example assumes 192.168.1.2 for server.
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:45
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing and configuring dhcpd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:47
msgid "Install the dhcp server package."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dnf install dhcp\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:54
msgid "Create a simple configuration for the dhcp server at `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:62
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"authoritative;\n"
"default-lease-time 600;\n"
"max-lease-time 7200;\n"
"ddns-update-style none;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"option domain-name-servers 192.168.1.1;\n"
"option routers 192.168.1.1;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:67
#, no-wrap
msgid "}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:70
msgid "Test your configuration and address any problems you discover."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:76
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[command]#systemctl start dhcpd#\n"
"[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:79
msgid ""
"Add entries to point clients to their bootloader and the server that "
"provides it to your subnet configuration in `/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf`. Because "
"DHCP clients provide the server with identifying information along with "
"their address request, BIOS clients and UEFI clients can each be directed to "
"the correct bootloader."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# refer to RFC4758 for possible arch option values\n"
"option arch code 93 = unsigned integer 16;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"subnet 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {\n"
"if option arch = 00:07 {\n"
"filename \"uefi/shim.efi\";\n"
"} else {\n"
"filename \"pxelinux.0\";\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "next-server 192.168.1.2;\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:94
#, no-wrap
msgid "...\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Restart the dhcp service to check the configuration and make changes as "
"needed."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[command]#systemctl restart dhcpd#\n"
"[command]#journalctl --unit dhcpd --since -2m --follow#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:107
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:109
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing the tftp server"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:111
msgid "Install the tftp server package."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:114
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dnf install tftp-server\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:117
msgid ""
"Start and enable the `tftp socket`. `systemd` will automatically start the "
"`tftpd` service when required."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [command]#systemctl start tftp.socket#\n"
"# [command]#systemctl enable tftp.socket#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:125
#, no-wrap
msgid "Providing and configuring bootloaders for PXE clients"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "Getting the bootloader files"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:129
msgid "Get the [package]*syslinux* bootloader for BIOS clients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:131
msgid "Install the [package]*syslinux* package."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:134
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dnf install syslinux\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:137
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:154
msgid "Create a directory for the bootloader files, and make them available there."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:142
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [command]#mkdir -p "
"`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
"# [command]#cp "
"`/usr/share/syslinux/{pxelinux.0,vesamenu.c32,ldlinux.c32,libcom32.c32,libutil.c32}` "
"`/var/lib/tftpboot/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:145
msgid "Get the bootloader files for UEFI systems"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:147
msgid ""
"Install the [package]*shim* and [package]*grub2-efi* packages. If your "
"server is a BIOS system, you *must install the packages to a temporary "
"install root*. Installing them directly on a BIOS machine will attempt to "
"configure the system for UEFI booting and cause problems."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# dnf install shim grub2-efi --installroot=/tmp/fedora --releasever "
"{PRODVER}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:159
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [command]#mkdir -p `/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
"# [command]#cp `/tmp/fedora/boot/efi/EFI/fedora/{shim.efi,grubx64.efi}` "
"`/var/lib/tftpboot/uefi/`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:161
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configuring client bootloaders"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:163
msgid ""
"Create a boot menu for BIOS clients at "
"`/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default`."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:171
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"default vesamenu.c32\n"
"prompt 1\n"
"timeout 600\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:177
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"label linux\n"
"menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} 64-bit\n"
"menu default\n"
"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"
"append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "
"inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "
"ip=dhcp\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:183
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"label server\n"
"menu label ^Install Fedora {PRODVER} ( Minimal Image )\n"
"menu default\n"
"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"
"append initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "
"inst.stage2=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "
"ip=dhcp ks=https://example.com/fedora/kickstarts/minimal.ks\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:188
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"label rescue\n"
"menu label ^Rescue installed system\n"
"kernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"
"append initrd=f{PRODVER}initrd.img ip=dhcp "
"root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img "
"rescue\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:192
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"label local\n"
"menu label Boot from ^local drive\n"
"localboot 0xffff\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:195
msgid "Create a boot menu for UEFI clients at `/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux/uefi`."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:205
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"function load_video {\n"
"\tinsmod efi_gop\n"
"\tinsmod efi_uga\n"
"\tinsmod video_bochs\n"
"\tinsmod video_cirrus\n"
"\tinsmod all_video\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:209
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"load_video\n"
"set gfxpayload=keep\n"
"insmod gzio\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:214
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"menuentry 'Install {PRODUCT} 64-bit' --class fedora --class gnu-linux "
"--class gnu --class os {\n"
"\tlinuxefi f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz ip=dhcp "
"inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/\n"
"\tinitrdefi f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:219
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"menuentry 'Install Fedora {PRODVER} Server' --class fedora --class "
"gnu-linux --class gnu --class os {\n"
"\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"
"\tappend initrd=f{PRODVER}/initrd.img "
"inst.repo=http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/ "
"ip=dhcp "
"ks=https://git.fedorahosted.org/cgit/spin-kickstarts.git/plain/fedora-install-server.ks?h=f21\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:224
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"menuentry 'Rescue installed system' --class fedora --class gnu-linux "
"--class gnu --class os {\n"
"\tkernel f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"
"\tappend f{PRODVER}/initrd=initrd.img "
"root=live:http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/LiveOS/squashfs.img "
"rescue\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:227
#, no-wrap
msgid "Getting the kernel and initrd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:229
#, no-wrap
msgid "Downloading the kernel and initrd"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:231
msgid "Create a directory for the files."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:235
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# [command]#mkdir -p "
"`/var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}`pass:attributes[{blank}]#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:238
msgid "Download the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:242
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# wget "
"http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz "
"-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/vmlinuz\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:245
msgid "Download the initrd"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:249
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# wget "
"http://download.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/{PRODVER}/Server/x86_64/os/images/pxeboot/initrd.img "
"-O /var/lib/tftpboot/f{PRODVER}/initrd.img\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:252
#, no-wrap
msgid "Providing repositories"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:255
msgid ""
"The examples in this section use the public Fedora mirrors as the package "
"source. For faster installations, installing to many systems, or more "
"isolated environments, you may wish to maintain a local repository."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:257
msgid ""
"Fedora Infrastructure maintains instructions for a configuring a local "
"mirror at "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Infrastructure/Mirroring++[]. The "
"preferred method for providing repositories is via HTTP, and you can refer "
"to the [citetitle]_Fedora System Administrator's Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], to configure `httpd`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:259
#, no-wrap
msgid "Advanced network installations with Cobbler"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:262
msgid ""
"For more complex environments, {PRODUCT} offers the [package]*cobbler* "
"installation server. Tasks like managing kickstart configurtations, "
"coordinating repositories, maintaining dns records, dhcp servers, and even "
"puppet manifests are effectively automated by [package]*cobbler*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:264
msgid ""
"While levaraging all of the features provided by cobbler can be relatively "
"simple, the full functionality of this powerful tool is too broad to be "
"documented in this guide. The cobbler community provides documentation at "
"link:++https://cobbler.github.io/++[] to accompany the packages in the "
"Fedora repository."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Network_based_Installations.adoc:265
msgid ""
"Alternatively, you may also be interested in **Foreman**. You can find "
"official documentation as well as downloads on the project website at "
"link:++https://www.theforeman.org/++[]."
msgstr ""

91
po/fr/f26/pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Upgrading Your Current System"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:9
msgid ""
"This chapter explains how to upgrade your existing {PRODUCT} installation to "
"the current release. There are two basic ways to do so:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:10
#, no-wrap
msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]*dnf system upgrade*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:11
msgid ""
"The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the "
"[application]*dnf system upgrade* utility. For information on performing an "
"automatic upgrade, see "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki DNF "
"system upgrade]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:12
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manual Reinstallation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:13
msgid ""
"You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying "
"on [application]*dnf system upgrade*. This involves booting the installer as "
"if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing "
"Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on "
"other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall "
"the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see "
"xref:Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual "
"System Upgrade or Reinstallation]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:18
msgid ""
"Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your "
"system, no matter which method you choose."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:22
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manual System Upgrade or Reinstallation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Unfortunately, we have not written this chapter yet, and there is no "
"dedicated documentation about a manual reinstall on the Wiki, either. In the "
"meantime before we fix this, you can try to start the installation normally "
"(from a boot CD/DVD/USB), select manual partitioning in your installer, and "
"reuse existing partitions instead of destroying them and creating new "
"ones. The instructions at "
"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning[Manual "
"Partitioning] should in most cases be easy to adapt for this."
msgstr ""

538
po/fr/f26/pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing Using VNC"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:9
msgid ""
"The graphical installation interface is the recommended method of installing "
"{PRODUCT}. However, in some cases, accessing the graphical interface "
"directly is difficult or impossible. Some systems lack the capability to "
"connect a display and a keyboard, making VNC a necessity for manual "
"(non-Kickstart) installations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:11
msgid ""
"To allow manual installations on _headless systems_ (systems without a "
"directly connected display, keyboard and mouse), the [application]*Anaconda* "
"installation program includes a _Virtual Network Computing_ (VNC) mode which "
"allows the graphical mode of the installation program to run locally, but "
"display on another system connected to the network. The VNC installation "
"provides you with the full range of installation options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:13
msgid ""
"This chapter provides instructions on activating VNC mode on the "
"installation system and connecting to it using a VNC viewer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing a VNC Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:18
msgid ""
"Performing a VNC installation requires a VNC viewer running on your "
"workstation or another terminal computer. VNC viewers are available in the "
"repositories of most Linux distributions; free VNC viewers are also "
"available for other operating systems such as Windows. On Linux systems, use "
"your package manager to search for a viewer for your distribution."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:20
msgid "The following VNC viewers are available in {PRODUCT}:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:22
msgid ""
"[application]*TigerVNC* - A basic viewer independent of your desktop "
"environment. Installed as the [package]*tigervnc* package."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:24
msgid ""
"[application]*Vinagre* - A viewer for the [application]*GNOME* desktop "
"environment. Installed as the [package]*vinagre* package."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:26
msgid ""
"[application]*KRDC* - A viewer integrated with the [application]*KDE* "
"desktop environment. Installed as the [package]*kdenetwork-krdc* package."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:28
msgid ""
"To install any of the viewers listed above, execute the following command as "
"`root`:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:32
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dnf install package\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Replace _package_ with the package name of the viewer you want to use (for "
"example, [package]*tigervnc*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:40
msgid ""
"Procedures in this chapter assume you are using [application]*TigerVNC* as "
"your VNC viewer. Specific instructions for other viewers may differ, but the "
"general principles still apply."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:44
#, no-wrap
msgid "Performing a VNC Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:47
msgid ""
"The [application]*Anaconda* installation program offers two modes for VNC "
"installation: _Direct mode_ and _Connect mode_. The modes differ in the way "
"the connection between the server and viewer is established. After you "
"successfully connect, the installation will progress the same way regardless "
"of the mode you used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "Direct Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:49
msgid ""
"In this mode, [application]*Anaconda* is configured to start the "
"installation and wait for an incoming connection from VNC viewer before "
"proceeding. While waiting for an incoming connection, the system's IP "
"address and the port on which the installer expects the connection is "
"displayed on the display or console if available; this implies that you need "
"at least a serial console to connect using this mode, but you can work "
"around this limitation if you know the default VNC port and the system's IP "
"address."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "Connect Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:51
msgid ""
"In this mode, the VNC viewer is started on the remote system in _listening "
"mode_. The VNC viewer waits for an incoming connection on a specified "
"port. Then, [application]*Anaconda* is started and the host name/IP address "
"and port number of the viewer are provided using a boot option or a "
"Kickstart command. When the installation begins, the installation program "
"establishes a connection with the listening VNC viewer using the specified "
"host name/IP address and port number. Connect mode is therefore easier to "
"use on systems with no local display or console, but it also may require "
"additional preparation, because the viewer system must be able to accept "
"incoming connections on the specified port, which usually requires changing "
"firewall settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:53
#, no-wrap
msgid "Choosing a VNC Installation Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:56
msgid "Visual and Interactive access to the system"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:58
msgid ""
"If visual and interactive access to the system being installed is not "
"available, then you should use Connect Mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:60
msgid "Network Connection Rules and Firewalls"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:62
msgid ""
"If the system being installed is not allowed inbound connections by a "
"firewall, then you must use Connect Mode or disable the firewall. Disabling "
"a firewall may have security implications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:64
msgid ""
"If the remote system running the VNC viewer is not allowed incoming "
"connections by a firewall, then you must use Direct Mode, or disable the "
"firewall. Disabling a firewall may have security implications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:66
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing in VNC Direct Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:69
msgid ""
"VNC Direct Mode is when the VNC viewer initiates a connection to the system "
"being installed. [application]*Anaconda* will tell you when to initiate this "
"connection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting VNC in Direct Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:73
msgid ""
"Open the VNC viewer (for example, [application]*TigerVNC*) on the "
"workstation you will be using to connect to the system being installed. A "
"window similar to "
"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#figu-vnc-installations-connection-details[TigerVNC "
"Connection Details] will be displayed with an input field allowing you to "
"specify an IP address."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:75
#, no-wrap
msgid "TigerVNC Connection Details"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "TigerVNC after startup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid "vnc/connection-details.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:80
msgid ""
"Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the "
"menu, edit boot options (see "
"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) "
"and append the [option]#inst.vnc# option to the end of the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:82
msgid ""
"Optionally, if you want to restrict VNC access to the installation system, "
"add the "
"[option]#inst.vncpassword=pass:attributes[{blank}]_PASSWORD_pass:attributes[{blank}]# "
"boot option as well. Replace _PASSWORD_ with the password you want to use "
"for the installation. The VNC password must be between 6 and 8 characters "
"long."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:87
msgid ""
"Use a temporary password for the [option]#inst.vncpassword=# option. It "
"should not be a real or root password you use on any system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "Adding VNC Boot Options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "Editing boot options to activate VNC"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:93
#, no-wrap
msgid "boot/vnc-options.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:96
msgid ""
"Start the installation using the edited options. The system will initialize "
"the installation program and start the necessary services. When the system "
"is ready, you will see a message on the screen similar to the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:100
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"`13:14:47 Please manually connect your VNC viewer to 192.168.100.131:5901 to "
"begin the install.`\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:103
msgid ""
"Note the IP address and port number (in the above example, "
"`192.168.100.131:5901`)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:105
msgid ""
"On the system running the VNC Viewer, enter the IP address and port number "
"obtained in the previous step into the `Connection Details` dialog in the "
"same format as it was displayed on the screen by the installer. Then, click "
"`Connect`. The VNC viewer will now connect to the installation system. If "
"you set up a VNC password, enter it when prompted and press `OK`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:107
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:159
msgid ""
"When the connection is successfully established, a new window will open on "
"the system running the VNC viewer, displaying the installation menu. This "
"window will provide full remote access to the installer until the "
"installation finishes and the system reboots for the first time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:109
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:161
msgid ""
"You can then proceed with "
"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#chap-installing-using-anaconda[Installing "
"Using Anaconda]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:111
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing in VNC Connect Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:114
msgid ""
"VNC connect mode is when the system being installed initiates a connection "
"to the VNC viewer running on a remote system. Before you start, make sure "
"the remote system is configured to accept incoming connection on the port "
"you want to use for VNC. The exact way to make sure the connection will not "
"be blocked depends on your network and on your workstation's "
"configuration. Information about configuring the firewall in {PRODUCT} is "
"available in the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Security{nbsp}Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:116
#, no-wrap
msgid "Starting VNC in Connect Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:118
msgid ""
"Start the VNC viewer on the client system in listening mode. For example, on "
"{PRODUCT} using [application]*TigerVNC*, execute the following command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ [command]#vncviewer -listen _PORT_#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:125
msgid "Replace _PORT_ with the port number you want to use for the connection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:127
msgid "The terminal will display a message similar to the following example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:129
#, no-wrap
msgid "TigerVNC Viewer Listening"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:138
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"TigerVNC Viewer 64-bit v1.3.0 (20130924)\n"
"Built on Sep 24 2013 at 16:32:56\n"
"Copyright (C) 1999-2011 TigerVNC Team and many others (see README.txt)\n"
"See http://www.tigervnc.org for information on TigerVNC.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:141
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Thu Feb 20 15:23:54 2014\n"
"main: Listening on port 5901\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:146
msgid ""
"When this message is displayed, the VNC viewer is ready and waiting for an "
"incoming connection from the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:148
msgid ""
"Boot the installation system and wait for the boot menu to appear. In the "
"menu, edit boot options (see "
"xref:../install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc#sect-boot-menu[The Boot Menu]) "
"and append the following options to the end of the command line:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:152
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[option]#inst.vnc "
"inst.vncconnect=pass:attributes[{blank}]_HOST_:pass:attributes[{blank}]_PORT_#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:155
msgid ""
"Replace _HOST_ with the IP address of the system running the listening VNC "
"viewer, and _PORT_ with the port number that the VNC viewer is listening on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:157
msgid ""
"Start the installation. The system will initialize the installation program "
"and start the necessary services. Once the initialization is finished, "
"[application]*Anaconda* will attempt to connect to the IP address and port "
"you provided in the previous step."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:163
#, no-wrap
msgid "Kickstart Considerations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:166
msgid ""
"Commands for using a VNC installation are also available in Kickstart "
"installations. Using just the [command]#vnc# command will set up an "
"installation using Direct Mode. Options are available to set up an "
"installation using Connect Mode. For more information about the "
"[command]#vnc# command and options used in Kickstart files, see "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "
"Syntax Reference]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:168
#, no-wrap
msgid "Considerations for Headless Systems"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:171
msgid ""
"When installing headless systems, the only choices are an automated "
"Kickstart installation or an interactive VNC installation using connect "
"mode. For more information about automated Kickstart installation, see "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#appe-kickstart-syntax-reference[Kickstart "
"Syntax Reference]. The general process for an interactive VNC installation "
"is described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:173
msgid ""
"Set up a PXE server that will be used to start the installation. Information "
"about installing and performing basic configurating of a PXE server can be "
"found in xref:Network_based_Installations.adoc#chap-pxe-server-setup[Setting "
"Up an Installation Server]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:175
msgid ""
"Configure the PXE server to use the boot options for a connect mode VNC "
"installation. For information on these boot options, see "
"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#sect-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Installing "
"in VNC Connect Mode]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc:176
msgid ""
"Follow the procedure for a VNC Installation using connect mode as described "
"in the "
"xref:VNC_Installations.adoc#proc-vnc-installations-connect-mode[Starting VNC "
"in Connect Mode]. However, when directed to boot the system, boot it from "
"the PXE server."
msgstr ""

1153
po/fr/f26/pages/appendixes/Disk_Partitions.po Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

7071
po/fr/f26/pages/appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.po Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

81
po/fr/f26/pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "Understanding LVM"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:8
msgid ""
"LVM (Logical Volume Management) partitions provide a number of advantages "
"over standard partitions. LVM partitions are formatted as _physical "
"volumes_. One or more physical volumes are combined to form a _volume "
"group_. Each volume group's total storage is then divided into one or more "
"_logical volumes_. The logical volumes function much like standard "
"partitions. They have a file system type, such as `ext4`, and a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:13
msgid ""
"The boot loader cannot read LVM volumes. You must make a standard, non-LVM "
"disk partition for your `/boot` partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:15
msgid ""
"By default, the installation process always creates the `/` and `swap` "
"partitions within LVM volumes, with a separate `/boot` on a standard "
"partition. See "
"xref:../install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-manual-partitioning-recommended[Recommended "
"Partitioning Scheme] for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:19
msgid ""
"To understand LVM better, imagine the physical volume as a pile of "
"_blocks_. A block is a storage unit used to store data. Several piles of "
"blocks can be combined to make a much larger pile, just as physical volumes "
"are combined to make a volume group. The resulting pile can be subdivided "
"into several smaller piles of arbitrary size, just as a volume group is "
"allocated to several logical volumes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:21
msgid ""
"An administrator may grow or shrink logical volumes without destroying data, "
"unlike standard disk partitions. If the physical volumes in a volume group "
"are on separate drives or RAID arrays then administrators may also spread a "
"logical volume across the storage devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/appendixes/Understanding_LVM.adoc:22
msgid ""
"You may lose data if you shrink a logical volume to a smaller capacity than "
"the data on the volume requires. To ensure maximum flexibility, create "
"logical volumes to meet your current needs, and leave excess storage "
"capacity unallocated. You may safely grow logical volumes to use unallocated "
"space, as your needs dictate."
msgstr ""

46
po/fr/f26/pages/index.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title =
#: ./pages/index.adoc:5
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installation Guide"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/index.adoc:8
msgid "Installing {PRODUCT}{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and 64-bit AMD and Intel"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/index.adoc:13
msgid ""
"This manual explains how to boot the Fedora installation program, "
"[application]*Anaconda*, and how to install Fedora{nbsp}{PRODVER} on 32 and "
"64-bit AMD and Intel systems. It also covers advanced installation methods "
"such as automated Kickstart installations, booting the installation from a "
"network location, remote access to the installation system using VNC, and "
"system upgrades from previous versions of Fedora. It also describes common "
"post-installation tasks and explains how to troubleshoot common issues "
"related to the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/index.adoc:17
msgid "image:title_logo.svg[Fedora Documentation Team]"
msgstr ""

283
po/fr/f26/pages/install/After_Installation.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "After the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:9
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the initial setup tools which open after you finish "
"the installation, reboot the system, and log in for the first time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:11
msgid ""
"Two separate configuration tools are part of {PRODUCT}. If you installed the "
"[application]*GNOME* desktop environment (the default {PRODUCT} environment, "
"installed for example as part of the {PRODUCT} Workstation Edition), the "
"[application]*GNOME Initial Setup* utility will open; for all other "
"graphical environments, the [application]*Initial Setup* tool serves the "
"same purpose."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:13
msgid ""
"Both of these tools will allow you to configure user-specific settings which "
"have not been configured during the installation. Some of the settings are "
"available both in the graphical installer (or as Kickstart commands) as well "
"as in the initial-setup utilities; in that case, they will only be displayed "
"after the first reboot if you skipped them during the installation. This "
"means that, for example, if you configured a user account before the "
"installation finished, you will not be prompted to do so again after the "
"installation completes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:17
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:21
#, no-wrap
msgid "GNOME Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The [application]*GNOME Initial Setup* utility will be displayed after you "
"log in for the first time with any user account, as long as your first login "
"is in the [application]*GNOME* desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "GNOME Initial Setup with language selection displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:23
#, no-wrap
msgid "afterinstall/gnome-initial-setup.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:26
msgid ""
"This utility allows you to configure several user-specific settings, such as "
"system language or the default keyboard layout. Use the `Next` and "
"`Previous` buttons at the top of the window to navigate between "
"screens. Some screens (`Configure online accounts` in particular) are "
"optional and can be skipped using the `Skip` button in the top right corner."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:28
msgid ""
"After you finish configuring all screens, click `Start using Fedora` to exit "
"the utility. After that, the `Getting Started` page from GNOME help will be "
"displayed, and you can either browse the help content, or close it and start "
"using your desktop."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:30
#, no-wrap
msgid "Common Post-installation Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:33
msgid ""
"After you finish the installation and go through one of the initial setup "
"utilities described above, your system is ready for use. However, other "
"administrative tasks not covered by the installer or the initial setup "
"utilities may still be necessary, depending on how you plan to use your "
"system. The list below describes some of the more common tasks usually "
"performed immediately after a new installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "Recover a lost `root` password"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:35
msgid ""
"The `root` password, which is configured during the installation, is "
"required for accessing the system as the `root` user. Without this password "
"you will not be able to configure your system or install additional "
"software. If you lost or forgot your `root` password, you can reset it by "
"following the steps described in "
"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-reset-root-password[Resetting "
"the Root Password]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configure the network"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:37
msgid ""
"In most cases, network access is configured during the installation process, "
"either in the [application]*Anaconda* installation program (see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-network-configuration[Network "
"& Hostname]) or in a Kickstart file (see "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-network[network "
"(optional) - Configure Network Interfaces]). For information on configuring "
"the network after the installation, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} Networking "
"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:38
#, no-wrap
msgid "Perform an initial system update"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:39
msgid ""
"If you installed {PRODUCT} from a full installation ISO image (such as the "
"Workstation live image or full Server DVD), it is recommended to perform an "
"initial system update, because your installation media likely contained "
"older versions of software packages. During the initial update, all "
"installed packages are updated to their latest available versions. Updates "
"to packages provide security fixes, bug fixes and enhancements."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:41
msgid ""
"The [application]*DNF* package manager is used for updating installed "
"packages. For more information about updating your system with "
"[application]*DNF*, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's "
"Guide_, available at link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:42
#, no-wrap
msgid "Install driver updates"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:43
msgid ""
"Usually, drivers for system devices are already supported in the kernel "
"provided by Red{nbsp}Hat Enterprise{nbsp}Linux. However, occasionally, "
"support for devices that have been released recently could be missing. In "
"these cases, a driver update enabling your device may be available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:45
msgid ""
"Devices necessary to complete the installation can have driver updates "
"provided before the installation begins. If a device is missing a driver, "
"but it is not essential during the installation, it is recommended to wait "
"until after the installation completes, and install additional drivers "
"afterwards. For instructions on installing and enabling additional drivers "
"on the installed system using [application]*RPM* and [application]*DNF*, see "
"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "Configure additional repositories"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:47
msgid ""
"New software is installed from _package repositories_. Package repositories "
"are organized sets of software and metadata that can be accessed by the "
"[application]*DNF* package manager. By default, several update repositories "
"provided by {PRODUCT} are configured automatically and you can install "
"updates and additional software from those. However, if you want to set up "
"additional repositories, for example ones containing your own software, some "
"extra steps are needed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:49
msgid ""
"For information about configuring additional software repositories, see the "
"[citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:50
#, no-wrap
msgid "Install additional packages"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:51
msgid ""
"You can control which packages will be installed by selecting an environment "
"in the `Software Selection` dialog in the graphical installation (see "
"xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-software-selection[Software "
"Selection]). This dialog does not provide a way to choose individual "
"packages, only predefined sets. However, you can use the [application]*DNF* "
"package manager to install additional packages after the installation. See "
"the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} System Administrator's Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[], for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:52
#, no-wrap
msgid "Switch to a graphical login"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:53
msgid ""
"Depending on the options you chose during the installation process, it is "
"possible that your system does not have a graphical interface, instead "
"offering only a text-based prompt. If this is the case and you wish to "
"enable a graphical desktop after the installation, you must install the "
"[application]*X Window System* and your preferred desktop environment "
"(either [application]*GNOME* or [application]*KDE*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/After_Installation.adoc:54
msgid ""
"As with all other software, these packages can be installed using the "
"[application]*DNF* package manager. For information about using "
"[application]*DNF* to install new packages, see the [citetitle]_{PRODUCT} "
"System Administrator's Guide_, available at "
"link:++http://docs.fedoraproject.org/++[]. For information on how to enable "
"graphical login by default, see "
"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-trouble-after-graphical-login[Booting into a "
"Graphical Environment]."
msgstr ""

260
po/fr/f26/pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Booting the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:9
msgid ""
"This chapter will explain how to boot the installer from local media or a "
"network server as well as how to navigate the boot menu and use custom "
"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "Preparing to Boot"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:14
msgid ""
"After you have made a bootable USB flash drive or a CD or DVD using the "
"steps described in "
"xref:Preparing_for_Installation.adoc#sect-preparing-boot-media[Preparing "
"Boot Media], you are ready to boot the installation. Note that the steps "
"described below are generic and the exact steps will vary somewhat depending "
"on your system - particularly on your motherboard manufacturer."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:19
msgid ""
"There are no separate media provided for BIOS and UEFI systems; all of them "
"can boot from the same ISO image. However, once you install {PRODUCT}, you "
"can not switch between UEFI and BIOS. The system must run on the same "
"firmware it was installed on; if you, for example, perform the installation "
"on an UEFI system in UEFI mode, and then switch it to BIOS compatibility "
"mode, {PRODUCT} will no longer boot and will require a reinstallation."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:26
msgid ""
"{PRODUCT} does not support UEFI booting for 32-bit x86 systems. Only BIOS "
"boot is supported on these systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:28
msgid ""
"Also note that {PRODUCT} only fully supports version 2.2 of the UEFI "
"specification. Hardware that supports version 2.3 or later will boot and "
"work normally, but the additional functionality defined by these later "
"specifications will not be available. The UEFI specifications are available "
"from link:++http://www.uefi.org/specs/agreement/++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:32
msgid "To boot the {PRODUCT} installer, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "Booting the {PRODUCT} Installer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:35
msgid ""
"Plug in the boot USB drive, or insert the boot CD or DVD into your "
"computer's optical disc drive. Alternatively, if you plan on booting from a "
"network boot (PXE) server, make sure that the network cable is plugged in."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Restart the system. Once it starts rebooting, it should display a prompt "
"similar to the following (usually at the bottom of the screen):"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:41
#, no-wrap
msgid "Press F12 to select boot device, or Del to enter SETUP\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:44
msgid ""
"Follow the on-screen instructions to access the boot menu. If no "
"instructions are displayed (some systems only display a graphical logo "
"during early stages of boot), try pressing kbd:[F12], kbd:[F11], kbd:[F10] "
"or kbd:[Del] several times; these are most commonly used keys. Note that "
"there is usually a very short time window provided to access the menu; once "
"it passes, you need to restart the system and try again."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:49
msgid ""
"Some older systems may not support choosing a boot device at startup. In "
"that case, enter the system's SETUP (BIOS), and change the default boot "
"order so that your boot media (CD, DVD, USB or network) has higher priority "
"than internal hard drives."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:51
msgid ""
"On Mac hardware, hold down the kbd:[Option] key to enter the boot media "
"selection menu."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:55
msgid ""
"When your system's boot menu opens, select an entry such as `Boot from USB` "
"if you created a bootable USB drive, `Boot from CD/DVD` if you are using an "
"optical disc to install {PRODUCT}, or `Boot from PXE` if you want to boot "
"from a network location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:57
msgid ""
"Wait until the boot menu is displayed. The boot menu is described further in "
"this chapter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:59
#, no-wrap
msgid "The Boot Menu"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:62
msgid ""
"In most cases, when you boot the {PRODUCT} installer from your prepared boot "
"media or server, the boot menu will be the first thing that appears. From "
"this menu, you can either start the actual installation, or you can use the "
"boot media to rescue an existing system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:64
msgid ""
"The way the boot menu will look and function will vary somewhat depending on "
"your system's firmware - BIOS systems use the [application]*SYSLINUX* boot "
"loader, and UEFI systems use [application]*GRUB2*. However, both of the "
"menus described below function very similarly from a user's point of view."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:66
msgid ""
"Use arrow keys to select an entry in the menu, and kbd:[Enter] to confirm "
"your selection. The first two entries in the list will both proceed with the "
"installation; the first one will start the installer directly, and the "
"second one will verify the integrity of the boot media before starting the "
"installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:68
msgid ""
"The final entry in the list is `Troubleshooting`pass:attributes[{blank}]; "
"this is a submenu. Selecting this entry and pressing kbd:[Enter] will "
"display a new set of selections, where you can choose to install in basic "
"graphics mode (useful if you want to do a manual graphical installation but "
"your system has issues with the default graphical installer), rescue an "
"existing system, or test your system's memory modules for errors (on BIOS "
"systems only). The troubleshooting menu also allows you to exit the boot "
"menu and boot normally from your system's hard drive via the `Boot from "
"local drive` option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:70
msgid ""
"Every menu entry in the list is a predefined set of boot options, and these "
"options can be customized to change some aspects of the installer's "
"behavior. To edit the default set of boot options, press kbd:[Tab] on BIOS "
"systems, or kbd:[e] on UEFI systems. The key to use is also displayed at the "
"bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:75
msgid ""
"Editing boot options in [application]*GRUB2* (on UEFI systems) will display "
"the entire configuration for the selected entry. Actual boot options are "
"configured on the line which starts with the `linux` (or `linux16` or "
"`linuxefi`) keyword. Do not modify any other lines in the configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:77
msgid ""
"On systems with BIOS firmware, only the actual boot options are displayed "
"when you press kbd:[Tab]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:81
msgid ""
"When editing the default set of options, you can change the existing ones as "
"well as append additional ones. Once you finish, press kbd:[Enter] on BIOS "
"or kbd:[Ctrl + X] on UEFI to boot the installer using your customized "
"options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:82
#, no-wrap
msgid "Editing boot options on a system with BIOS firmware"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "The boot menu."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:84
#, no-wrap
msgid "boot/boot-menu.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Booting_the_Installation.adoc:86
msgid ""
"All available [application]*Anaconda* boot options are described in "
"xref:../advanced/Boot_Options.adoc#sect-boot-options-available[Available "
"Boot Options]."
msgstr ""

403
po/fr/f26/pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing Using Anaconda"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:9
msgid ""
"This chapter provides step-by-step instructions for installing {PRODUCT} "
"using the [application]*Anaconda* installer. The bulk of this chapter "
"describes installation using the graphical user interface. A text mode is "
"also available for systems with no graphical display, but this mode is "
"limited in certain aspects (for example, custom partitioning is not possible "
"in text mode)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:11
msgid "If your system does not have the ability to use the graphical mode, you can:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:13
msgid ""
"Use Kickstart to automate the installation as described in "
"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "
"the Installation with Kickstart]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:15
msgid ""
"Perform the graphical installation remotely by connecting to the "
"installation system from another computer with a graphical display using the "
"_VNC_ (Virtual Network Computing) protocol - see "
"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing "
"Using VNC]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Introduction to Anaconda"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:20
msgid ""
"The {PRODUCT} installer, [application]*Anaconda*, is different from most "
"other operating system installation programs due to its parallel "
"nature. Most installers follow a fixed path: you must choose your language "
"first, then you configure network, then installation type, then "
"partitioning, etc. There is usually only one way to proceed at any given "
"time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:22
msgid ""
"In [application]*Anaconda* you are only required to select your language and "
"locale first, and then you are presented with a central screen, where you "
"can configure most aspects of the installation in any order you like. This "
"does not apply to all parts of the installation process, however - for "
"example, when installing from a network location, you must configure the "
"network before you can select which packages to install."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:24
msgid ""
"Some screens will be automatically configured depending on your hardware and "
"the type of media you used to start the installation. You can still change "
"the detected settings in any screen. Screens which have not been "
"automatically configured, and therefore require your attention before you "
"begin the installation, are marked by an exclamation mark. You can not start "
"the actual installation process before you finish configuring these "
"settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:26
msgid ""
"Additional differences appear in certain screens; notably the custom "
"partitioning process is very different from other Linux distributions. These "
"differences are described in each screen's subsection."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:28
#, no-wrap
msgid "Consoles and Logging During the Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:31
msgid ""
"The following sections describe how to access logs and an interactive shell "
"during the installation. This is useful when troubleshooting problems, but "
"should not be necessary in most cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:33
#, no-wrap
msgid "Accessing Consoles"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:36
msgid ""
"The {PRODUCT} installer uses the [application]*tmux* terminal multiplexer to "
"display and control several windows you can use in addition to the main "
"interface. Each of these windows serves a different purpose - they display "
"several different logs, which can be used to troubleshoot any issues during "
"the installation, and one of the windows provides an interactive shell "
"prompt with `root` privileges, unless this prompt was specifically disabled "
"using a boot option or a Kickstart command."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:41
msgid ""
"In general, there is no reason to leave the default graphical installation "
"environment unless you need to diagnose an installation problem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:45
msgid ""
"The terminal multiplexer is running in virtual console 1. To switch from the "
"actual installation environment to [application]*tmux*, press kbd:[Ctrl + "
"Alt + F1]. To go back to the main installation interface which runs in "
"virtual console 6, press kbd:[Ctrl + Alt + F6]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:50
msgid ""
"If you choose text mode installation, you will start in virtual console 1 "
"([application]*tmux*), and switching to console 6 will open a shell prompt "
"instead of a graphical interface."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:54
msgid ""
"The console running [application]*tmux* has 5 available windows; their "
"contents are described in the table below, along with keyboard shortcuts "
"used to access them. Note that the keyboard shortcuts are two-part: first "
"press kbd:[Ctrl + b], then release both keys, and press the number key for "
"the window you want to use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:56
msgid ""
"You can also use kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[n] and kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[p] to switch "
"to the next or previous [application]*tmux* window, respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "Available tmux Windows"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:68
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"|Shortcut|Contents\n"
"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[1]|Main installation program window. Contains "
"text-based prompts (during text mode installation or if you use VNC direct "
"mode), and also some debugging information.\n"
"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[2]|Interactive shell prompt with `root` privileges.\n"
"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[3]|Installation log; displays messages stored in "
"`/tmp/anaconda.log`.\n"
"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[4]|Storage log; displays messages related storage "
"devices from kernel and system services, stored in `/tmp/storage.log`.\n"
"|kbd:[Ctrl + b] kbd:[5]|Program log; displays messages from other system "
"utilities, stored in `/tmp/program.log`.\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:71
msgid ""
"In addition to displaying diagnostic information in [application]*tmux* "
"windows, [application]*Anaconda* also generates several log files, which can "
"be transferred from the installation system. These log files are described "
"in xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-log-files[Log Files "
"Generated During the Installation], and directions for transferring them "
"from the installation system are available in "
"xref:Troubleshooting.adoc#sect-troubleshooting-transferring-logs[Transferring "
"Log Files from the Installation System]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =====
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:73
#, no-wrap
msgid "Saving Screenshots"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:76
msgid ""
"You can press kbd:[Shift + Print Screen] at any time during the graphical "
"installation to capture the current screen. These screenshots are saved to "
"`/tmp/anaconda-screenshots`."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:78
msgid ""
"Additionally, you can use the [command]#autostep --autoscreenshot# command "
"in a Kickstart file to capture and save each step of the installation "
"automatically. See "
"xref:../appendixes/Kickstart_Syntax_Reference.adoc#sect-kickstart-commands-autostep[autostep "
"(optional) - Go Through Every Screen] for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing in Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:83
msgid ""
"Text mode installation offers an interactive, non-graphical interface for "
"installing {PRODUCT}. This may be useful on systems with no graphical "
"capabilities; however, you should always consider the available alternatives "
"before starting a text-based installation. Text mode is limited in the "
"amount of choices you can make during the installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:85
msgid ""
"There are two alternatives to text mode which can both be used even if the "
"installation system does not have a graphical display. You can either "
"connect to the installation system using VNC and perform an interactive "
"graphical installation remotely (see "
"xref:../advanced/VNC_Installations.adoc#chap-vnc-installations[Installing "
"Using VNC]), or you can create a Kickstart file to perform the installation "
"automatically (see "
"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#chap-kickstart-installations[Automating "
"the Installation with Kickstart])."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:86
#, no-wrap
msgid "Text Mode Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "The main menu in during a text-based installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:88
#, no-wrap
msgid "anaconda/SummaryHub_TextMode.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:91
msgid ""
"Installation in text mode follows a pattern similar to the graphical "
"installation: There is no single fixed progression; you can configure many "
"settings in any order you want using the main status screen. Screens which "
"have already been configured, either automatically or by you, are marked as "
"`[x]`, and screens which require your attention before the installation can "
"begin are marked with `[!]`. Available commands are displayed below the list "
"of available options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:93
msgid "Limits of interactive text mode installation include:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:95
msgid ""
"The installer will always use the English language and the US English "
"keyboard layout. You can configure your language and keyboard settings, but "
"these settings will only apply to the installed system, not to the "
"installation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:97
msgid ""
"You can not configure any advanced storage methods (LVM, software RAID, "
"FCoE, zFCP and iSCSI)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:99
msgid ""
"It is not possible to configure custom partitioning; you must use one of the "
"automatic partitioning settings. You also cannot configure where the boot "
"loader will be installed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:101
msgid ""
"To start a text mode installation, boot the installation with the "
"[option]#inst.text# boot option used either at the boot command line in the "
"boot menu, or in your PXE server configuration. See "
"xref:Booting_the_Installation.adoc#chap-booting-the-installation[Booting the "
"Installation] for information about booting and using boot options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "Installing in the Graphical User Interface"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:106
msgid ""
"The graphical installation interface is the preferred method of manually "
"installing {PRODUCT}. It allows you full control over all available "
"settings, including custom partitioning and advanced storage configuration, "
"and it is also localized to many languages other than English, allowing you "
"to perform the entire installation in a different language. The graphical "
"mode is used by default when you boot the system from local media (a CD, DVD "
"or a USB flash drive)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:108
msgid ""
"The sections below discuss each screen available in the installation "
"process. Note that due to the installer's parallel nature, most of the "
"screens do not have to be completed in the order in which they are described "
"here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:110
msgid ""
"Each screen in the graphical interface contains a `Help` button. This button "
"opens the [application]*Yelp* help browser displaying the section of the "
"_{PRODUCT} Installation Guide_ relevant to the current screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:112
msgid ""
"You can also control the graphical installer with your keyboard. Use "
"kbd:[Tab] and kbd:[Shift + Tab] to cycle through active control elements "
"(buttons, check boxes, etc.) on the current screen, kbd:[Up] and kbd:[Down] "
"arrow keys to scroll through lists, and kbd:[Left] and kbd:[Right] to scroll "
"through horizontal toolbars or table entries. kbd:[Space] or kbd:[Enter] can "
"be used to select or remove a highlighted item from selection and to expand "
"and collapse drop-down menus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:114
msgid ""
"Additionally, elements in each screen can be toggled using their respective "
"shortcuts. These shortcuts are highlighted (underlined) when you hold down "
"the kbd:[Alt] key; to toggle that element, press kbd:[Alt + "
"_X_pass:attributes[{blank}]], where _X_ is the highlighted letter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc:116
msgid ""
"Your current keyboard layout is displayed in the top right hand corner. Only "
"one layout is configured by default; if you configure more than layout in "
"the `Keyboard Layout` screen "
"(xref:Installing_Using_Anaconda.adoc#sect-installation-gui-keyboard-layout[Keyboard "
"Layout]), you can switch between them by clicking the layout indicator."
msgstr ""

756
po/fr/f26/pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.po Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-12-11 21:21+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:6
#, no-wrap
msgid "Preparing for Installation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:9
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the steps you need take before you begin the "
"installation. Not every step must be strictly followed - for example, if you "
"plan to use the default installation settings, you do not need to gather "
"system information such as disk device labels/UUIDs or network information "
"such as the system's IP address. However, you should still go through this "
"chapter, as it also describes the available types of installation media and "
"how to prepare boot media and installation sources."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:11
#, no-wrap
msgid "Upgrade or Install?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:14
msgid ""
"If you already have Fedora installed and want to upgrade your installation "
"to the current version, there are two basic ways to do so:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:15
#, no-wrap
msgid "Automatic upgrade using [application]*dnf system upgrade*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:16
msgid ""
"The preferred way to upgrade your system is an automatic upgrade using the "
"[application]*dnf system upgrade* utility. For information on performing an "
"automatic upgrade, see "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/DNF_system_upgrade++[Fedora Wiki dnf "
"system upgrade]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:17
#, no-wrap
msgid "Manual Reinstallation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:18
msgid ""
"You can upgrade to the latest version of Fedora manually instead of relying "
"on [application]*dnf system upgrade*. This involves booting the installer as "
"if you were performing a clean installation, letting it detect your existing "
"Fedora system, and overwriting the root partition while preserving data on "
"other partitions and volumes. The same process can also be used to reinstall "
"the system, if you need to. For detailed information, see "
"xref:../advanced/Upgrading_Your_Current_System.adoc#sect-upgrading-fedora-manual-reinstall[Manual "
"System Upgrade or Reinstallation]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:22
msgid ""
"Always back up your data before performing an upgrade or reinstalling your "
"system, no matter which method you choose."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:25
#, no-wrap
msgid "Downloading Boot and Installation Images"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:28
msgid ""
"The Fedora Project offers different Editions tailored for some specific use "
"cases. Choose the Fedora Edition best for you, or you can build your own by "
"customizing after the installation, or by using a kickstart file as "
"described in "
"xref:../advanced/Kickstart_Installations.adoc#sect-kickstart-file-create[Creating "
"a Kickstart File]. Kickstart installation requires the `netinstall` media "
"type, or a direct installation booting method such as PXE; kickstarts are "
"not supported with live images."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:30
msgid ""
"Read more about Fedora Workstation, Fedora Cloud, Fedora Server and the "
"available media types in "
"xref:../Downloading_Fedora.adoc#chap-downloading-fedora[Downloading Fedora]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:32
msgid ""
"You can also choose a Fedora _Spin_ featuring favorite alternative desktops "
"or tools for specialized tasks at link:++http://spins.fedoraproject.org++[]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:34
#, no-wrap
msgid "Verifying the Downloaded Image"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:37
msgid ""
"Because transmission errors or other problems may corrupt the Fedora image "
"you have downloaded, it is important to verify the file's integrity. After "
"the images are created, an operation is performed on the file that produces "
"a value called a `checksum` using a complex mathematical algorithm. The "
"operation is sufficiently complex that *any change* to the original file "
"will produce a different checksum."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:39
msgid ""
"By calculating the image's `checksum` on your own computer and comparing it "
"to the original `checksum`, you can verify the image has not been tampered "
"with or corrupted. The original checksum values are provided at "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[], and are [command]#gpg# signed "
"to demonstrate their integrity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:41
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "Verifying checksums on Windows systems"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:45
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:97
msgid ""
"Download the Fedora image of your choice from "
"link:++https://fedoraproject.org/get-fedora++[] and the corresponding "
"checksum file from link:++https://fedoraproject.org/verify++[]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:47
msgid "Open a [command]#powershell# session."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:49
msgid "Change to the directory containing the downloaded files."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:54
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"> cd $HOME\\Downloads\\\n"
"> ls\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:56
#, no-wrap
msgid "Directory: C:\\Users\\Pete\\Downloads\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Mode LastWriteTime Length Name\n"
"---- ------------- ------ ----\n"
"-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 272 "
"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\n"
"-a--- 11/25/2014 12:39 PM 2047868928 "
"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:65
msgid "Load the resources required to calculate the checksum."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:71
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"> $image = \"Fedora-Server-DVD-x86_64-21.iso\"\n"
"> $checksum_file = \"Fedora-Server-21-x86_64-CHECKSUM\"\n"
"> $sha256 = New-Object -TypeName "
"System.Security.Cryptography.sha256CryptoServiceProvider\n"
"> $expected_checksum = ((Get-Content $checksum_file | Select-String -Pattern "
"$image) -split \" \")[0].ToLower()\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:74
msgid "Calculate the downloaded image's checksum. This will take a while!"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:77
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"> $download_checksum = "
"[System.BitConverter]::ToString($sha256.ComputeHash([System.IO.File]::ReadAllBytes(\"$PWD\\$image\"))).ToLower() "
"-replace '-', ''\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:80
msgid "Compare the calculated checksum to the expected checksum."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:90
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"> echo \"Download Checksum: $download_checksum\"\n"
"> echo \"Expected Checksum: $expected_checksum\"\n"
"> if ( $download_checksum -eq \"$expected_checksum\" ) {\n"
"echo \"Checksum test passed!\"\n"
"} else {\n"
"echo \"Checksum test failed.\"\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:93
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:95
#, no-wrap
msgid "Verifying checksums on Linux and OSX systems"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:99
msgid ""
"Open a terminal window, and navigate to the directory with the downloaded "
"files."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:103
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ [command]#cd ~/Downloads#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:106
msgid "Use the appropriate utility to verify the image checksum."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:108
msgid "For Linux:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:112
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ sha256sum -c *CHECKSUM\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:115
msgid "For OSX:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:119
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ shasum -a 256 -c *CHECKSUM\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ====
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:122
#, no-wrap
msgid "Preparing Boot Media"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:125
msgid ""
"Fedora images are `Hybrid ISOs` and can be used to create installation media "
"with both optical and USB disks, for booting on both BIOS and UEFI systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:126
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Media Writer and Universal USB Creators"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:132
msgid ""
"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* has been improved and is now the default "
"way to make bootable media. [application]*Fedora Media Writer* supports "
"Linux, Mac, and Windows. It is an easy way to make bootable USB media to "
"install Fedora (or other operating systems). While use of Fedora Media "
"Writer is strongly encouraged, other USB media creation software can work as "
"well."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:135
msgid ""
"Some of the new additions to [application]*Fedora Media Writer* are that "
"Fedora Workstation and Server are the first choices on the main "
"screen. However more choices are available if you select the button below "
"\"Custom OS\". Options like Fedora Spins will appear. Fedora Spins such as "
"XFCE and Mate will be selectable."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:137
msgid ""
"Universal USB creation tools such as [application]*Unetbootin* are a "
"historically popular way to create USB installers from ISOs intended for "
"optical media. They typically function by creating a filesystem on the USB "
"drive, extracting files from the image, and writing [application]*syslinux* "
"bootloader to the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:139
msgid ""
"These methods circumvent the boot-loader configuration built into Fedora "
"images, which are pre-partitioned and designed to boot on UEFI systems with "
"SecureBoot enabled as well as BIOS systems. They do not produce a consistent "
"result with Fedora's images, especially for use with UEFI systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:141
msgid ""
"Utilities that use a direct write method, and do not modify the Fedora "
"image, will produce the most consistently successful results."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:145
msgid "Be sure you choose the right device!"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block =
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:148
msgid ""
"Most media creation methods in this section are destructive. Ensure you do "
"not need any data on the USB stick, and double check you have chosen the "
"correct device before continuing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating USB Media on Windows"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:153
msgid ""
"Download the latest Windows Installer file from Marin Briza's github page: "
"link:++https://github.com/MartinBriza/MediaWriter/releases++[https://github.com/MartinBriza/MediaWriter/releases]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:155
msgid ""
"Run the installation by double clicking it, and then clicking next through "
"the set-up wizard. The Wizard gives you the options to customize the "
"software's installation if you choose to."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:157
msgid ""
"In Windows 8 and 10, the application will be under \"all apps\" under F for "
"[application]*Fedora Media Writer*. Or in Windows 10, you can just type "
"[application]*Fedora Media Writer* in the search box on the task bar."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:159
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:207
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:247
msgid "Select the Fedora Edition you wish to make a bootable USB drive for."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:161
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:209
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:249
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Media Writer Main Screen: Choose your Edition of Fedora"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:163
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:211
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Main Screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:163
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:211
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:251
#, no-wrap
msgid "fedora_media_writer/main_screen.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:167
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:215
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:255
msgid ""
"If you choose one of the beginning default Fedora editions, such as Fedora "
"workstation or server. [application]*Fedora Media Writer* will give you "
"information and details about it before you proceed with the download and "
"USB creation. For Fedora Workstation, you can choose a different "
"architecture, such as 32bit if you select \"other architectures\". Otherwise "
"select \"Create Live USB\" to proceed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:169
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:217
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:257
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Media Writer Distro Information"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:171
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:219
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:259
#, no-wrap
msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Distro Information Screen"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:171
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:219
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:259
#, no-wrap
msgid "fedora_media_writer/distro_information.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:174
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:222
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:262
msgid ""
"Fedora Media Writer will automatically download the ISO for you, but if you "
"all-ready have it in your Downloads directory it will be immediately "
"available to use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:176
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:224
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:264
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:178
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:226
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer Automatic Download"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:178
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:226
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:266
#, no-wrap
msgid "fedora_media_writer/automatic_download.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:181
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:229
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:269
msgid ""
"After the download completes, or when [application]*Fedora Media Writer* is "
"ready. Plug in a USB drive you wish to use as a bootable media."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:183
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:231
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:271
msgid "Click the red \"Write to disk\" button."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:185
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:233
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:273
#, no-wrap
msgid "Fedora Media Writer Write to USB Device"
msgstr ""
#. type: Positional ($1) AttributeList argument for macro 'image'
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:187
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:235
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "Image of Fedora Media Writer write to device red button"
msgstr ""
#. type: Target for macro image
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:187
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:235
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:275
#, no-wrap
msgid "fedora_media_writer/write_to_device.png"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:189
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating USB Media with Fedora Media Writer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:191
msgid ""
"On Fedora 25 or later, you can download Fedora Media Writer with the "
"command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:195
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ [command]#sudo dnf install mediawriter#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:198
msgid "You can call [application]*Fedora Media Writer* by issuing the command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:202
#, no-wrap
msgid "$ [command]#sudo mediawriter#\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:205
msgid ""
"or in [application]*Gnome 3* by selecting *Activities,* then selecting "
"*Utilities*, and then selecting [application]*Fedora Media Writer*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:237
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating USB Media on Macintosh"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:239
msgid ""
"Download the latest Macintosh Disk Image (the package will have a .dmg "
"extension) from Marin Briza's github page: "
"link:++https://github.com/MartinBriza/MediaWriter/releases++[https://github.com/MartinBriza/MediaWriter/releases]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:241
msgid ""
"Open the .dmg file and copy the mediawriter file into your applications "
"folder."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:243
msgid ""
"Navigate to your applications directory, and then launch the mediawriter "
"app."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:245
msgid ""
"Mac OS will then ask if you are sure you want to open the file (it is from "
"the internet after all), select \"Open\" to run the program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:277
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating USB media with [application]*GNOME Disks*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:279
msgid ""
"On a system with [application]*GNOME*, or with the "
"[package]*gnome-disk-utility* package installed, open `Disks` using the "
"system menu."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:281
msgid "Click your USB device in the left column."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:283
msgid ""
"Click the menu icon in the upper right corner of the window, and choose the "
"`Restore Disk Image` option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:285
msgid ""
"Navigate to your image file and click `Start Restoring`. After a few "
"minutes, it will report the process is complete and your installation media "
"will be ready to use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating USB Media on the Linux command line"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:288
msgid "Open a terminal window and insert the usb drive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:290
msgid ""
"Find the `device node` assigned to the drive. In the example below, the "
"drive is given `sdd`."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:304
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"$ [command]#dmesg|tail#\n"
"[288954.686557] usb 2-1.8: New USB device strings: Mfr=0, Product=1, "
"SerialNumber=2\n"
"[288954.686559] usb 2-1.8: Product: USB Storage\n"
"[288954.686562] usb 2-1.8: SerialNumber: 000000009225\n"
"[288954.712590] usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0: USB Mass Storage device detected\n"
"[288954.712687] scsi host6: usb-storage 2-1.8:1.0\n"
"[288954.712809] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage\n"
"[288954.716682] usbcore: registered new interface driver uas\n"
"[288955.717140] scsi 6:0:0:0: Direct-Access Generic STORAGE DEVICE "
"9228 PQ: 0 ANSI: 0\n"
"[288955.717745] sd 6:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg4 type 0\n"
"[288961.876382] sd 6:0:0:0: *sdd* Attached SCSI removable disk\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:307
msgid ""
"Use the [command]#dd# utility to write the image. *Make sure you have the "
"right drive!*"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block -
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:311
#, no-wrap
msgid "# dd if=/path/to/Fedora-Live-Security-x86_64-21.iso of=/dev/sdd\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Block title
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:313
#, no-wrap
msgid "Creating a Boot CD or DVD"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ./pages/install/Preparing_for_Installation.adoc:315